2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
< ? php // $Id$
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// //
// NOTICE OF COPYRIGHT //
// //
// Moodle - Modular Object-Oriented Dynamic Learning Environment //
2004-03-10 13:23:00 +00:00
// http://moodle.org //
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
// //
2004-03-10 13:23:00 +00:00
// Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Martin Dougiamas http://dougiamas.com //
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
// //
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify //
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by //
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or //
// (at your option) any later version. //
// //
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, //
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of //
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the //
// GNU General Public License for more details: //
// //
// http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html //
// //
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2002-11-06 07:54:44 +00:00
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* moodlelib . php - Moodle main library
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*
* Main library file of miscellaneous general - purpose Moodle functions .
* Other main libraries :
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* - weblib . php - functions that produce web output
* - datalib . php - functions that access the database
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ author Martin Dougiamas
* @ version $Id $
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ license http :// www . gnu . org / copyleft / gpl . html GNU Public License
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ package moodlecore
*/
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/// CONSTANTS (Encased in phpdoc proper comments)/////////////////////////
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
2004-12-12 04:33:13 +00:00
/**
* Used by some scripts to check they are being called by Moodle
*/
define ( 'MOODLE_INTERNAL' , true );
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* No groups used ?
*/
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
define ( 'NOGROUPS' , 0 );
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Groups used ?
*/
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
define ( 'SEPARATEGROUPS' , 1 );
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Groups visible ?
*/
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
define ( 'VISIBLEGROUPS' , 2 );
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/// Date and time constants ///
2004-09-28 05:53:08 +00:00
/**
2004-09-29 18:56:50 +00:00
* Time constant - the number of seconds in a week
2004-09-28 05:53:08 +00:00
*/
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
define ( 'WEEKSECS' , 604800 );
2004-09-29 18:56:50 +00:00
/**
* Time constant - the number of seconds in a day
*/
2004-09-28 05:53:08 +00:00
define ( 'DAYSECS' , 86400 );
2004-09-29 18:56:50 +00:00
/**
* Time constant - the number of seconds in an hour
*/
2004-09-28 05:53:08 +00:00
define ( 'HOURSECS' , 3600 );
2004-09-29 18:56:50 +00:00
/**
* Time constant - the number of seconds in a minute
*/
2004-09-28 05:53:08 +00:00
define ( 'MINSECS' , 60 );
2004-09-29 18:56:50 +00:00
/**
* Time constant - the number of minutes in a day
*/
2004-09-28 05:53:08 +00:00
define ( 'DAYMINS' , 1440 );
2004-09-29 18:56:50 +00:00
/**
* Time constant - the number of minutes in an hour
*/
2004-09-28 05:53:08 +00:00
define ( 'HOURMINS' , 60 );
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
/// Parameter constants - every call to optional_param(), required_param() ///
/// or clean_param() should have a specified type of parameter. //////////////
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
/**
2006-03-07 19:20:23 +00:00
* PARAM_RAW specifies a parameter that is not cleaned / processed in any way ;
* originally was 0 , but changed because we need to detect unknown
* parameter types and swiched order in clean_param () .
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
*/
2006-03-07 19:20:23 +00:00
define ( 'PARAM_RAW' , 666 );
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_CLEAN - obsoleted , please try to use more specific type of parameter .
* It was one of the first types , that is why it is abused so much ; - )
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
2005-02-25 13:10:24 +00:00
define ( 'PARAM_CLEAN' , 0x0001 );
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_INT - integers only , use when expecting only numbers .
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
2005-02-25 13:10:24 +00:00
define ( 'PARAM_INT' , 0x0002 );
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
* PARAM_INTEGER - an alias for PARAM_INT
*/
define ( 'PARAM_INTEGER' , 0x0002 );
2006-12-22 13:29:20 +00:00
/**
* PARAM_NUMBER - a real / floating point number .
*/
define ( 'PARAM_NUMBER' , 0x000a );
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_ALPHA - contains only english letters .
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
2005-02-25 13:10:24 +00:00
define ( 'PARAM_ALPHA' , 0x0004 );
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_ACTION - an alias for PARAM_ALPHA , use for various actions in formas and urls
* @ TODO : should we alias it to PARAM_ALPHANUM ?
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
define ( 'PARAM_ACTION' , 0x0004 );
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_FORMAT - an alias for PARAM_ALPHA , use for names of plugins , formats , etc .
* @ TODO : should we alias it to PARAM_ALPHANUM ?
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
define ( 'PARAM_FORMAT' , 0x0004 );
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_NOTAGS - all html tags are stripped from the text . Do not abuse this type .
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
2005-02-25 13:10:24 +00:00
define ( 'PARAM_NOTAGS' , 0x0008 );
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
2006-09-18 17:40:22 +00:00
/**
2006-10-16 07:46:35 +00:00
* PARAM_MULTILANG - alias of PARAM_TEXT .
2006-09-18 17:40:22 +00:00
*/
define ( 'PARAM_MULTILANG' , 0x0009 );
2006-10-16 07:46:35 +00:00
/**
* PARAM_TEXT - general plain text compatible with multilang filter , no other html tags .
*/
define ( 'PARAM_TEXT' , 0x0009 );
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_FILE - safe file name , all dangerous chars are stripped , protects against XSS , SQL injections and directory traversals
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
2005-02-25 13:10:24 +00:00
define ( 'PARAM_FILE' , 0x0010 );
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_PATH - safe relative path name , all dangerous chars are stripped , protects against XSS , SQL injections and directory traversals
* note : the leading slash is not removed , window drive letter is not allowed
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
2005-02-25 13:10:24 +00:00
define ( 'PARAM_PATH' , 0x0020 );
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_HOST - expected fully qualified domain name ( FQDN ) or an IPv4 dotted quad ( IP address )
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
define ( 'PARAM_HOST' , 0x0040 );
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_URL - expected properly formatted URL .
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
2005-02-25 13:10:24 +00:00
define ( 'PARAM_URL' , 0x0080 );
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_LOCALURL - expected properly formatted URL as well as one that refers to the local server itself . ( NOT orthogonal to the others ! Implies PARAM_URL ! )
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
define ( 'PARAM_LOCALURL' , 0x0180 );
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_CLEANFILE - safe file name , all dangerous and regional chars are removed ,
* use when you want to store a new file submitted by students
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
2005-01-29 15:53:24 +00:00
define ( 'PARAM_CLEANFILE' , 0x0200 );
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
2005-02-01 07:39:21 +00:00
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_ALPHANUM - expected numbers and letters only .
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
define ( 'PARAM_ALPHANUM' , 0x0400 );
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_BOOL - converts input into 0 or 1 , use for switches in forms and urls .
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
define ( 'PARAM_BOOL' , 0x0800 );
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_CLEANHTML - cleans submitted HTML code and removes slashes
* note : do not forget to addslashes () before storing into database !
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
define ( 'PARAM_CLEANHTML' , 0x1000 );
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_ALPHAEXT the same contents as PARAM_ALPHA plus the chars in quotes : " /-_ " allowed ,
* suitable for include () and require ()
* @ TODO : should we rename this function to PARAM_SAFEDIRS ? ?
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
define ( 'PARAM_ALPHAEXT' , 0x2000 );
/**
2005-12-30 15:54:19 +00:00
* PARAM_SAFEDIR - safe directory name , suitable for include () and require ()
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
define ( 'PARAM_SAFEDIR' , 0x4000 );
2006-08-29 02:26:37 +00:00
/**
* PARAM_SEQUENCE - expects a sequence of numbers like 8 to 1 , 5 , 6 , 4 , 6 , 8 , 9. Numbers and comma only .
*/
define ( 'PARAM_SEQUENCE' , 0x8000 );
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/// Page types ///
/**
* PAGE_COURSE_VIEW is a definition of a page type . For more information on the page class see moodle / lib / pagelib . php .
2005-02-01 07:39:21 +00:00
*/
define ( 'PAGE_COURSE_VIEW' , 'course-view' );
2006-09-23 09:38:39 +00:00
/// Debug levels ///
/** no warnings at all */
define ( 'DEBUG_NONE' , 0 );
/** E_ERROR | E_PARSE */
define ( 'DEBUG_MINIMAL' , 5 );
/** E_ERROR | E_PARSE | E_WARNING | E_NOTICE */
define ( 'DEBUG_NORMAL' , 15 );
/** E_ALL without E_STRICT and E_RECOVERABLE_ERROR for now */
define ( 'DEBUG_ALL' , 2047 );
/** DEBUG_ALL with extra Moodle debug messages - (DEBUG_ALL | 32768) */
define ( 'DEBUG_DEVELOPER' , 34815 );
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
2006-12-28 21:21:44 +00:00
/**
* Blog access level constant declaration
*/
define ( 'BLOG_USER_LEVEL' , 1 );
define ( 'BLOG_GROUP_LEVEL' , 2 );
define ( 'BLOG_COURSE_LEVEL' , 3 );
define ( 'BLOG_SITE_LEVEL' , 4 );
define ( 'BLOG_GLOBAL_LEVEL' , 5 );
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
/// PARAMETER HANDLING ////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2002-08-04 16:20:30 +00:00
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
/**
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
* Returns a particular value for the named variable , taken from
* POST or GET . If the parameter doesn ' t exist then an error is
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
* thrown because we require this variable .
*
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
* This function should be used to initialise all required values
* in a script that are based on parameters . Usually it will be
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
* used like this :
* $id = required_param ( 'id' );
*
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
* @ param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
* @ param int $type expected type of parameter
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
* @ return mixed
*/
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
function required_param ( $parname , $type = PARAM_CLEAN ) {
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
2005-11-15 23:28:10 +00:00
// detect_unchecked_vars addition
global $CFG ;
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> detect_unchecked_vars )) {
global $UNCHECKED_VARS ;
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
unset ( $UNCHECKED_VARS -> vars [ $parname ]);
2005-11-15 23:28:10 +00:00
}
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
if ( isset ( $_POST [ $parname ])) { // POST has precedence
$param = $_POST [ $parname ];
} else if ( isset ( $_GET [ $parname ])) {
$param = $_GET [ $parname ];
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
} else {
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
error ( 'A required parameter (' . $parname . ') was missing' );
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
}
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
return clean_param ( $param , $type );
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
}
/**
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
* Returns a particular value for the named variable , taken from
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
* POST or GET , otherwise returning a given default .
*
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
* This function should be used to initialise all optional values
* in a script that are based on parameters . Usually it will be
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
* used like this :
* $name = optional_param ( 'name' , 'Fred' );
*
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
* @ param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
* @ param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
* @ param int $type expected type of parameter
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
* @ return mixed
*/
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
function optional_param ( $parname , $default = NULL , $type = PARAM_CLEAN ) {
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
2005-11-15 23:28:10 +00:00
// detect_unchecked_vars addition
global $CFG ;
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> detect_unchecked_vars )) {
global $UNCHECKED_VARS ;
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
unset ( $UNCHECKED_VARS -> vars [ $parname ]);
2005-11-15 23:28:10 +00:00
}
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
if ( isset ( $_POST [ $parname ])) { // POST has precedence
$param = $_POST [ $parname ];
} else if ( isset ( $_GET [ $parname ])) {
$param = $_GET [ $parname ];
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
} else {
return $default ;
}
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
return clean_param ( $param , $type );
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
}
/**
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
* Used by { @ link optional_param ()} and { @ link required_param ()} to
* clean the variables and / or cast to specific types , based on
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
* an options field .
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* < code >
* $course -> format = clean_param ( $course -> format , PARAM_ALPHA );
* $selectedgrade_item = clean_param ( $selectedgrade_item , PARAM_CLEAN );
* </ code >
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
*
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ uses PARAM_CLEAN
* @ uses PARAM_INT
* @ uses PARAM_INTEGER
* @ uses PARAM_ALPHA
* @ uses PARAM_ALPHANUM
* @ uses PARAM_NOTAGS
2006-07-28 20:57:19 +00:00
* @ uses PARAM_ALPHAEXT
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ uses PARAM_BOOL
* @ uses PARAM_SAFEDIR
* @ uses PARAM_CLEANFILE
* @ uses PARAM_FILE
* @ uses PARAM_PATH
* @ uses PARAM_HOST
* @ uses PARAM_URL
* @ uses PARAM_LOCALURL
* @ uses PARAM_CLEANHTML
2006-08-29 02:26:37 +00:00
* @ uses PARAM_SEQUENCE
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
* @ param mixed $param the variable we are cleaning
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
* @ param int $type expected format of param after cleaning .
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
* @ return mixed
*/
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
function clean_param ( $param , $type ) {
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
2005-01-25 06:09:39 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2005-10-12 01:29:34 +00:00
if ( is_array ( $param )) { // Let's loop
$newparam = array ();
foreach ( $param as $key => $value ) {
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
$newparam [ $key ] = clean_param ( $value , $type );
2005-10-12 01:29:34 +00:00
}
return $newparam ;
}
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
switch ( $type ) {
2006-03-06 06:25:33 +00:00
case PARAM_RAW : // no cleaning at all
return $param ;
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
case PARAM_CLEAN : // General HTML cleaning, try to use more specific type if possible
if ( is_numeric ( $param )) {
return $param ;
}
$param = stripslashes ( $param ); // Needed for kses to work fine
$param = clean_text ( $param ); // Sweep for scripts, etc
return addslashes ( $param ); // Restore original request parameter slashes
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
case PARAM_CLEANHTML : // prepare html fragment for display, do not store it into db!!
$param = stripslashes ( $param ); // Remove any slashes
$param = clean_text ( $param ); // Sweep for scripts, etc
return trim ( $param );
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
case PARAM_INT :
return ( int ) $param ; // Convert to integer
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
2006-12-22 13:29:20 +00:00
case PARAM_NUMBER :
return ( float ) $param ; // Convert to integer
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
case PARAM_ALPHA : // Remove everything not a-z
return eregi_replace ( '[^a-zA-Z]' , '' , $param );
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
case PARAM_ALPHANUM : // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9
return eregi_replace ( '[^A-Za-z0-9]' , '' , $param );
2005-02-03 18:14:45 +00:00
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
case PARAM_ALPHAEXT : // Remove everything not a-zA-Z/_-
return eregi_replace ( '[^a-zA-Z/_-]' , '' , $param );
2005-03-23 01:54:45 +00:00
2006-08-29 02:26:37 +00:00
case PARAM_SEQUENCE : // Remove everything not 0-9,
return eregi_replace ( '[^0-9,]' , '' , $param );
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
case PARAM_BOOL : // Convert to 1 or 0
$tempstr = strtolower ( $param );
2006-04-12 16:55:47 +00:00
if ( $tempstr == 'on' or $tempstr == 'yes' ) {
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
$param = 1 ;
2006-04-12 16:55:47 +00:00
} else if ( $tempstr == 'off' or $tempstr == 'no' ) {
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
$param = 0 ;
} else {
$param = empty ( $param ) ? 0 : 1 ;
}
return $param ;
2005-02-03 18:14:45 +00:00
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
case PARAM_NOTAGS : // Strip all tags
return strip_tags ( $param );
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
2006-10-16 07:46:35 +00:00
case PARAM_TEXT : // leave only tags needed for multilang
2006-09-18 17:40:22 +00:00
return clean_param ( strip_tags ( $param , '<lang><span>' ), PARAM_CLEAN );
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
case PARAM_SAFEDIR : // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9_-
return eregi_replace ( '[^a-zA-Z0-9_-]' , '' , $param );
2005-07-04 20:23:53 +00:00
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
case PARAM_CLEANFILE : // allow only safe characters
return clean_filename ( $param );
2005-01-29 15:53:24 +00:00
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
case PARAM_FILE : // Strip all suspicious characters from filename
$param = ereg_replace ( '[[:cntrl:]]|[<>"`\|\':\\/]' , '' , $param );
$param = ereg_replace ( '\.\.+' , '' , $param );
if ( $param == '.' ) {
2005-01-25 06:08:06 +00:00
$param = '' ;
}
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
return $param ;
case PARAM_PATH : // Strip all suspicious characters from file path
$param = str_replace ( '\\\'' , '\'' , $param );
$param = str_replace ( '\\"' , '"' , $param );
$param = str_replace ( '\\' , '/' , $param );
$param = ereg_replace ( '[[:cntrl:]]|[<>"`\|\':]' , '' , $param );
$param = ereg_replace ( '\.\.+' , '' , $param );
$param = ereg_replace ( '//+' , '/' , $param );
return ereg_replace ( '/(\./)+' , '/' , $param );
case PARAM_HOST : // allow FQDN or IPv4 dotted quad
preg_replace ( '/[^\.\d\w-]/' , '' , $param ); // only allowed chars
// match ipv4 dotted quad
if ( preg_match ( '/(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})/' , $param , $match )){
// confirm values are ok
if ( $match [ 0 ] > 255
|| $match [ 1 ] > 255
|| $match [ 3 ] > 255
|| $match [ 4 ] > 255 ) {
// hmmm, what kind of dotted quad is this?
$param = '' ;
}
} elseif ( preg_match ( '/^[\w\d\.-]+$/' , $param ) // dots, hyphens, numbers
&& ! preg_match ( '/^[\.-]/' , $param ) // no leading dots/hyphens
&& ! preg_match ( '/[\.-]$/' , $param ) // no trailing dots/hyphens
) {
// all is ok - $param is respected
} else {
// all is not ok...
$param = '' ;
}
return $param ;
2005-01-25 06:09:39 +00:00
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
case PARAM_URL : // allow safe ftp, http, mailto urls
include_once ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lib/validateurlsyntax.php' );
2006-12-03 10:23:56 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $param ) && validateUrlSyntax ( $param , 's?H?S?F?E?u-P-a?I?p?f?q?r?' )) {
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
// all is ok, param is respected
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
} else {
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
$param = '' ; // not really ok
}
return $param ;
case PARAM_LOCALURL : // allow http absolute, root relative and relative URLs within wwwroot
clean_param ( $param , PARAM_URL );
if ( ! empty ( $param )) {
if ( preg_match ( ':^/:' , $param )) {
// root-relative, ok!
} elseif ( preg_match ( '/^' . preg_quote ( $CFG -> wwwroot , '/' ) . '/i' , $param )) {
// absolute, and matches our wwwroot
2005-01-25 06:09:39 +00:00
} else {
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
// relative - let's make sure there are no tricks
if ( validateUrlSyntax ( $param , 's-u-P-a-p-f+q?r?' )) {
// looks ok.
} else {
$param = '' ;
}
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
}
2005-01-25 06:09:39 +00:00
}
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
return $param ;
2005-01-25 06:09:39 +00:00
2006-03-04 18:05:41 +00:00
default : // throw error, switched parameters in optional_param or another serious problem
error ( " Unknown parameter type: $type " );
2005-02-25 13:10:24 +00:00
}
2004-10-01 12:09:52 +00:00
}
2002-08-04 16:20:30 +00:00
2005-06-10 09:51:25 +00:00
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Set a key in global configuration
*
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* Set a key / value pair in both this session ' s { @ link $CFG } global variable
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* and in the 'config' database table for future sessions .
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
*
* Can also be used to update keys for plugin - scoped configs in config_plugin table .
* In that case it doesn ' t affect $CFG .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*
* @ param string $name the key to set
2006-11-27 08:44:38 +00:00
* @ param string $value the value to set ( without magic quotes )
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
* @ param string $plugin ( optional ) the plugin scope
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ return bool
*/
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
function set_config ( $name , $value , $plugin = NULL ) {
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
/// No need for get_config because they are usually always available in $CFG
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
2003-08-18 17:41:06 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
if ( empty ( $plugin )) {
$CFG -> $name = $value ; // So it's defined for this invocation at least
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
if ( get_field ( 'config' , 'name' , 'name' , $name )) {
2006-11-27 08:44:38 +00:00
return set_field ( 'config' , 'value' , addslashes ( $value ), 'name' , $name );
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
} else {
2006-11-27 08:44:38 +00:00
$config = new object ();
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
$config -> name = $name ;
2006-11-27 08:44:38 +00:00
$config -> value = addslashes ( $value );
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
return insert_record ( 'config' , $config );
}
} else { // plugin scope
if ( $id = get_field ( 'config_plugins' , 'id' , 'name' , $name , 'plugin' , $plugin )) {
2006-11-27 08:44:38 +00:00
return set_field ( 'config_plugins' , 'value' , addslashes ( $value ), 'id' , $id );
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
} else {
2006-11-27 08:44:38 +00:00
$config = new object ();
$config -> plugin = addslashes ( $plugin );
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
$config -> name = $name ;
$config -> value = $value ;
return insert_record ( 'config_plugins' , $config );
}
}
}
/**
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
* Get configuration values from the global config table
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
* or the config_plugins table .
*
* If called with no parameters it will do the right thing
* generating $CFG safely from the database without overwriting
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
* existing values .
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
*
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
* @ param string $plugin
* @ param string $name
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ return hash - like object or single value
*
*/
function get_config ( $plugin = NULL , $name = NULL ) {
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2002-11-10 08:43:44 +00:00
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $name )) { // the user is asking for a specific value
if ( ! empty ( $plugin )) {
return get_record ( 'config_plugins' , 'plugin' , $plugin , 'name' , $name );
} else {
return get_record ( 'config' , 'name' , $name );
}
}
// the user is after a recordset
if ( ! empty ( $plugin )) {
if ( $configs = get_records ( 'config_plugins' , 'plugin' , $plugin , '' , 'name,value' )) {
$configs = ( array ) $configs ;
$localcfg = array ();
foreach ( $configs as $config ) {
$localcfg [ $config -> name ] = $config -> value ;
}
return ( object ) $localcfg ;
} else {
return false ;
}
2002-11-10 07:37:15 +00:00
} else {
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
// this was originally in setup.php
if ( $configs = get_records ( 'config' )) {
$localcfg = ( array ) $CFG ;
foreach ( $configs as $config ) {
if ( ! isset ( $localcfg [ $config -> name ])) {
$localcfg [ $config -> name ] = $config -> value ;
} else {
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
if ( $localcfg [ $config -> name ] != $config -> value ) {
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
// complain if the DB has a different
// value than config.php does
error_log ( " \$ CFG-> { $config -> name } in config.php ( { $localcfg [ $config -> name ] } ) overrides database setting ( { $config -> value } ) " );
}
}
}
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
$localcfg = ( object ) $localcfg ;
return $localcfg ;
} else {
// preserve $CFG if DB returns nothing or error
return $CFG ;
}
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2002-07-29 06:21:37 +00:00
}
}
2006-09-20 02:17:27 +00:00
/**
* Removes a key from global configuration
*
* @ param string $name the key to set
* @ param string $plugin ( optional ) the plugin scope
* @ uses $CFG
* @ return bool
*/
function unset_config ( $name , $plugin = NULL ) {
global $CFG ;
unset ( $CFG -> $name );
if ( empty ( $plugin )) {
return delete_records ( 'config' , 'name' , $name );
} else {
return delete_records ( 'config_plugins' , 'name' , $name , 'plugin' , $plugin );
}
}
2005-06-02 05:39:41 +00:00
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Refresh current $USER session global variable with all their current preferences .
* @ uses $USER
*/
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
function reload_user_preferences () {
global $USER ;
2004-12-01 21:47:02 +00:00
if ( empty ( $USER ) || empty ( $USER -> id )) {
return false ;
}
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
unset ( $USER -> preference );
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
if ( $preferences = get_records ( 'user_preferences' , 'userid' , $USER -> id )) {
foreach ( $preferences as $preference ) {
$USER -> preference [ $preference -> name ] = $preference -> value ;
}
2004-09-21 06:32:36 +00:00
} else {
//return empty preference array to hold new values
$USER -> preference = array ();
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
}
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Sets a preference for the current user
* Optionally , can set a preference for a different user object
* @ uses $USER
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* @ todo Add a better description and include usage examples . Add inline links to $USER and user functions in above line .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ param string $name The key to set as preference for the specified user
* @ param string $value The value to set forthe $name key in the specified user ' s record
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $userid A moodle user ID
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2005-01-06 12:50:03 +00:00
function set_user_preference ( $name , $value , $otheruser = NULL ) {
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
global $USER ;
2005-01-06 12:50:03 +00:00
if ( empty ( $otheruser )){
if ( ! empty ( $USER ) && ! empty ( $USER -> id )) {
2004-12-01 21:47:02 +00:00
$userid = $USER -> id ;
2005-01-06 12:50:03 +00:00
} else {
2004-12-01 21:47:02 +00:00
return false ;
}
2005-01-06 12:50:03 +00:00
} else {
$userid = $otheruser ;
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
}
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
if ( empty ( $name )) {
return false ;
}
2004-09-23 03:56:53 +00:00
if ( $preference = get_record ( 'user_preferences' , 'userid' , $userid , 'name' , $name )) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( set_field ( 'user_preferences' , 'value' , $value , 'id' , $preference -> id )) {
2005-01-06 12:50:03 +00:00
if ( empty ( $otheruser ) and ! empty ( $USER )) {
2004-12-01 21:47:02 +00:00
$USER -> preference [ $name ] = $value ;
}
2004-01-28 14:47:39 +00:00
return true ;
} else {
return false ;
}
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
} else {
2004-09-23 03:56:53 +00:00
$preference -> userid = $userid ;
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
$preference -> name = $name ;
$preference -> value = ( string ) $value ;
2004-01-28 14:47:39 +00:00
if ( insert_record ( 'user_preferences' , $preference )) {
2005-01-06 12:50:03 +00:00
if ( empty ( $otheruser ) and ! empty ( $USER )) {
2004-12-01 21:47:02 +00:00
$USER -> preference [ $name ] = $value ;
}
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
return true ;
} else {
return false ;
}
}
}
2004-09-23 04:15:19 +00:00
/**
* Unsets a preference completely by deleting it from the database
* Optionally , can set a preference for a different user id
* @ uses $USER
* @ param string $name The key to unset as preference for the specified user
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $userid A moodle user ID
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-23 04:15:19 +00:00
*/
function unset_user_preference ( $name , $userid = NULL ) {
global $USER ;
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
if ( empty ( $userid )){
2004-12-01 21:47:02 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $USER ) && ! empty ( $USER -> id )) {
$userid = $USER -> id ;
}
else {
return false ;
}
2004-09-23 04:15:19 +00:00
}
2005-07-21 18:48:26 +00:00
//Delete the preference from $USER
if ( isset ( $USER -> preference [ $name ])) {
unset ( $USER -> preference [ $name ]);
}
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2005-07-21 18:48:26 +00:00
//Then from DB
2004-09-23 04:15:19 +00:00
return delete_records ( 'user_preferences' , 'userid' , $userid , 'name' , $name );
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Sets a whole array of preferences for the current user
* @ param array $prefarray An array of key / value pairs to be set
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $userid A moodle user ID
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2004-09-23 03:56:53 +00:00
function set_user_preferences ( $prefarray , $userid = NULL ) {
global $USER ;
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
if ( ! is_array ( $prefarray ) or empty ( $prefarray )) {
return false ;
}
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
if ( empty ( $userid )){
2005-01-23 02:30:15 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $USER ) && ! empty ( $USER -> id )) {
$userid = NULL ; // Continue with the current user below
} else {
return false ; // No-one to set!
2004-12-01 21:47:02 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 03:56:53 +00:00
}
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
$return = true ;
foreach ( $prefarray as $name => $value ) {
2004-12-01 21:47:02 +00:00
// The order is important; if the test for return is done first, then
// if one function call fails all the remaining ones will be "optimized away"
2004-09-23 03:56:53 +00:00
$return = set_user_preference ( $name , $value , $userid ) and $return ;
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
}
return $return ;
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* If no arguments are supplied this function will return
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
* all of the current user preferences as an array .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* If a name is specified then this function
* attempts to return that particular preference value . If
* none is found , then the optional value $default is returned ,
* otherwise NULL .
* @ param string $name Name of the key to use in finding a preference value
* @ param string $default Value to be returned if the $name key is not set in the user preferences
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $userid A moodle user ID
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ uses $USER
* @ return string
*/
2004-09-23 03:56:53 +00:00
function get_user_preferences ( $name = NULL , $default = NULL , $userid = NULL ) {
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
global $USER ;
2004-09-23 03:56:53 +00:00
if ( empty ( $userid )) { // assume current user
if ( empty ( $USER -> preference )) {
return $default ; // Default value (or NULL)
}
if ( empty ( $name )) {
return $USER -> preference ; // Whole array
}
if ( ! isset ( $USER -> preference [ $name ])) {
return $default ; // Default value (or NULL)
}
return $USER -> preference [ $name ]; // The single value
} else {
$preference = get_records_menu ( 'user_preferences' , 'userid' , $userid , 'name' , 'name,value' );
if ( empty ( $name )) {
return $preference ;
}
if ( ! isset ( $preference [ $name ])) {
return $default ; // Default value (or NULL)
}
return $preference [ $name ]; // The single value
2004-01-28 14:14:19 +00:00
}
}
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
/// FUNCTIONS FOR HANDLING TIME ////////////////////////////////////////////
2002-07-29 06:21:37 +00:00
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Given date parts in user time produce a GMT timestamp .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* @ param int $year The year part to create timestamp of
* @ param int $month The month part to create timestamp of
* @ param int $day The day part to create timestamp of
* @ param int $hour The hour part to create timestamp of
* @ param int $minute The minute part to create timestamp of
* @ param int $second The second part to create timestamp of
* @ param float $timezone ?
* @ param bool $applydst ?
2005-02-21 08:55:40 +00:00
* @ return int timestamp
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2005-01-12 11:17:18 +00:00
function make_timestamp ( $year , $month = 1 , $day = 1 , $hour = 0 , $minute = 0 , $second = 0 , $timezone = 99 , $applydst = true ) {
2002-07-29 06:21:37 +00:00
2005-04-10 09:41:46 +00:00
$timezone = get_user_timezone_offset ( $timezone );
2003-01-13 02:42:57 +00:00
if ( abs ( $timezone ) > 13 ) {
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
$time = mktime (( int ) $hour , ( int ) $minute , ( int ) $second , ( int ) $month , ( int ) $day , ( int ) $year );
2003-01-13 02:37:47 +00:00
} else {
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
$time = gmmktime (( int ) $hour , ( int ) $minute , ( int ) $second , ( int ) $month , ( int ) $day , ( int ) $year );
2005-02-16 21:50:25 +00:00
$time = usertime ( $time , $timezone );
2005-05-01 16:50:35 +00:00
if ( $applydst ) {
$time -= dst_offset_on ( $time );
}
2005-01-12 11:17:18 +00:00
}
2005-02-16 21:50:25 +00:00
return $time ;
2005-02-17 21:58:45 +00:00
2002-07-29 06:21:37 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Given an amount of time in seconds , returns string
* formatted nicely as months , days , hours etc as needed
*
2004-09-29 18:56:50 +00:00
* @ uses MINSECS
* @ uses HOURSECS
* @ uses DAYSECS
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $totalsecs ?
* @ param array $str ?
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ return string
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
function format_time ( $totalsecs , $str = NULL ) {
2002-06-08 06:47:33 +00:00
2002-08-04 16:20:30 +00:00
$totalsecs = abs ( $totalsecs );
2002-06-08 06:47:33 +00:00
2002-10-03 04:04:59 +00:00
if ( ! $str ) { // Create the str structure the slow way
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$str -> day = get_string ( 'day' );
$str -> days = get_string ( 'days' );
$str -> hour = get_string ( 'hour' );
$str -> hours = get_string ( 'hours' );
$str -> min = get_string ( 'min' );
$str -> mins = get_string ( 'mins' );
$str -> sec = get_string ( 'sec' );
$str -> secs = get_string ( 'secs' );
2002-10-03 04:04:59 +00:00
}
2004-09-28 05:53:08 +00:00
$days = floor ( $totalsecs / DAYSECS );
$remainder = $totalsecs - ( $days * DAYSECS );
$hours = floor ( $remainder / HOURSECS );
$remainder = $remainder - ( $hours * HOURSECS );
$mins = floor ( $remainder / MINSECS );
$secs = $remainder - ( $mins * MINSECS );
2002-10-03 04:04:59 +00:00
$ss = ( $secs == 1 ) ? $str -> sec : $str -> secs ;
$sm = ( $mins == 1 ) ? $str -> min : $str -> mins ;
$sh = ( $hours == 1 ) ? $str -> hour : $str -> hours ;
$sd = ( $days == 1 ) ? $str -> day : $str -> days ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$odays = '' ;
$ohours = '' ;
$omins = '' ;
$osecs = '' ;
2002-12-29 17:32:32 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $days ) $odays = $days . ' ' . $sd ;
if ( $hours ) $ohours = $hours . ' ' . $sh ;
if ( $mins ) $omins = $mins . ' ' . $sm ;
if ( $secs ) $osecs = $secs . ' ' . $ss ;
2002-08-04 16:20:30 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $days ) return $odays . ' ' . $ohours ;
if ( $hours ) return $ohours . ' ' . $omins ;
if ( $mins ) return $omins . ' ' . $osecs ;
if ( $secs ) return $osecs ;
return get_string ( 'now' );
2002-08-04 16:20:30 +00:00
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Returns a formatted string that represents a date in user time
* < b > WARNING : note that the format is for strftime (), not date () .</ b >
* Because of a bug in most Windows time libraries , we can ' t use
* the nicer % e , so we have to use % d which has leading zeroes .
* A lot of the fuss in the function is just getting rid of these leading
* zeroes as efficiently as possible .
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
*
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* If parameter fixday = true ( default ), then take off leading
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* zero from % d , else mantain it .
*
2004-09-29 18:56:50 +00:00
* @ uses HOURSECS
2005-02-21 08:55:40 +00:00
* @ param int $date timestamp in GMT
* @ param string $format strftime format
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
* @ param float $timezone
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ param bool $fixday If true ( default ) then the leading
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* zero from % d is removed . If false then the leading zero is mantained .
* @ return string
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
function userdate ( $date , $format = '' , $timezone = 99 , $fixday = true ) {
2002-07-02 07:02:28 +00:00
2005-03-10 14:10:21 +00:00
global $CFG ;
static $strftimedaydatetime ;
2005-02-19 02:49:31 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $format == '' ) {
2005-03-10 14:10:21 +00:00
if ( empty ( $strftimedaydatetime )) {
$strftimedaydatetime = get_string ( 'strftimedaydatetime' );
}
$format = $strftimedaydatetime ;
2002-06-05 14:05:59 +00:00
}
2002-12-02 01:35:18 +00:00
2005-05-12 06:37:24 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> nofixday )) { // Config.php can force %d not to be fixed.
$fixday = false ;
} else if ( $fixday ) {
$formatnoday = str_replace ( '%d' , 'DD' , $format );
2003-05-02 09:37:41 +00:00
$fixday = ( $formatnoday != $format );
}
2003-01-15 10:55:54 +00:00
2005-02-18 13:44:14 +00:00
$date += dst_offset_on ( $date );
2005-02-17 22:43:18 +00:00
2005-04-08 07:42:50 +00:00
$timezone = get_user_timezone_offset ( $timezone );
2005-02-19 02:49:31 +00:00
if ( abs ( $timezone ) > 13 ) { /// Server time
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
if ( $fixday ) {
2005-02-19 02:49:31 +00:00
$datestring = strftime ( $formatnoday , $date );
$daystring = str_replace ( ' 0' , '' , strftime ( ' %d' , $date ));
$datestring = str_replace ( 'DD' , $daystring , $datestring );
} else {
$datestring = strftime ( $format , $date );
}
2005-02-18 13:44:14 +00:00
} else {
2005-02-19 02:49:31 +00:00
$date += ( int )( $timezone * 3600 );
if ( $fixday ) {
$datestring = gmstrftime ( $formatnoday , $date );
$daystring = str_replace ( ' 0' , '' , gmstrftime ( ' %d' , $date ));
$datestring = str_replace ( 'DD' , $daystring , $datestring );
} else {
$datestring = gmstrftime ( $format , $date );
}
2005-02-18 13:44:14 +00:00
}
2005-02-19 02:49:31 +00:00
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
/// If we are running under Windows convert from windows encoding to UTF-8
/// (because it's impossible to specify UTF-8 to fetch locale info in Win32)
2006-03-25 12:26:33 +00:00
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
if ( $CFG -> ostype == 'WINDOWS' ) {
2006-03-25 12:26:33 +00:00
if ( $localewincharset = get_string ( 'localewincharset' )) {
$textlib = textlib_get_instance ();
2006-11-11 17:23:20 +00:00
$datestring = $textlib -> convert ( $datestring , $localewincharset , 'utf-8' );
2006-03-25 12:26:33 +00:00
}
}
2002-12-02 01:35:18 +00:00
return $datestring ;
2002-06-05 03:15:30 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
2005-02-16 21:50:25 +00:00
* Given a $time timestamp in GMT ( seconds since epoch ),
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* returns an array that represents the date in user time
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*
2004-09-29 18:56:50 +00:00
* @ uses HOURSECS
2005-02-16 21:50:25 +00:00
* @ param int $time Timestamp in GMT
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* @ param float $timezone ?
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ return array An array that represents the date in user time
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2005-02-16 21:50:25 +00:00
function usergetdate ( $time , $timezone = 99 ) {
2002-08-04 16:20:30 +00:00
2005-04-08 07:42:50 +00:00
$timezone = get_user_timezone_offset ( $timezone );
2004-04-01 10:39:06 +00:00
2005-02-21 08:55:40 +00:00
if ( abs ( $timezone ) > 13 ) { // Server time
2005-02-22 06:52:42 +00:00
return getdate ( $time );
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
}
2005-02-21 08:55:40 +00:00
// There is no gmgetdate so we use gmdate instead
2005-02-16 22:55:13 +00:00
$time += dst_offset_on ( $time );
2005-02-21 08:55:40 +00:00
$time += intval (( float ) $timezone * HOURSECS );
2005-03-23 14:43:32 +00:00
$datestring = gmstrftime ( '%S_%M_%H_%d_%m_%Y_%w_%j_%A_%B' , $time );
2005-02-16 22:55:13 +00:00
2005-01-12 11:17:18 +00:00
list (
$getdate [ 'seconds' ],
$getdate [ 'minutes' ],
$getdate [ 'hours' ],
$getdate [ 'mday' ],
$getdate [ 'mon' ],
$getdate [ 'year' ],
$getdate [ 'wday' ],
$getdate [ 'yday' ],
$getdate [ 'weekday' ],
$getdate [ 'month' ]
2005-03-23 14:43:32 +00:00
) = explode ( '_' , $datestring );
2005-01-12 11:17:18 +00:00
2002-06-11 04:04:45 +00:00
return $getdate ;
2002-06-10 09:43:40 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Given a GMT timestamp ( seconds since epoch ), offsets it by
* the timezone . eg 3 pm in India is 3 pm GMT - 7 * 3600 seconds
*
2004-09-29 18:56:50 +00:00
* @ uses HOURSECS
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $date Timestamp in GMT
2005-02-21 08:55:40 +00:00
* @ param float $timezone
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ return int
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2002-06-10 09:43:40 +00:00
function usertime ( $date , $timezone = 99 ) {
2004-04-01 10:39:06 +00:00
2005-04-08 07:42:50 +00:00
$timezone = get_user_timezone_offset ( $timezone );
2005-04-08 05:39:53 +00:00
2002-11-15 02:46:48 +00:00
if ( abs ( $timezone ) > 13 ) {
2002-06-10 09:43:40 +00:00
return $date ;
}
2004-09-28 05:53:08 +00:00
return $date - ( int )( $timezone * HOURSECS );
2002-06-10 09:43:40 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Given a time , return the GMT timestamp of the most recent midnight
* for the current user .
*
2005-02-21 08:55:40 +00:00
* @ param int $date Timestamp in GMT
* @ param float $timezone ?
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ return ?
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2002-06-10 14:01:30 +00:00
function usergetmidnight ( $date , $timezone = 99 ) {
2005-04-08 07:42:50 +00:00
$timezone = get_user_timezone_offset ( $timezone );
2002-06-10 14:01:30 +00:00
$userdate = usergetdate ( $date , $timezone );
2002-08-08 17:28:30 +00:00
2005-02-16 22:55:13 +00:00
// Time of midnight of this user's day, in GMT
return make_timestamp ( $userdate [ 'year' ], $userdate [ 'mon' ], $userdate [ 'mday' ], 0 , 0 , 0 , $timezone );
2002-06-10 14:01:30 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Returns a string that prints the user ' s timezone
*
* @ param float $timezone The user ' s timezone
* @ return string
*/
2002-06-10 09:43:40 +00:00
function usertimezone ( $timezone = 99 ) {
2005-04-27 03:42:07 +00:00
$tz = get_user_timezone ( $timezone );
2004-04-01 12:27:37 +00:00
2005-04-27 03:42:07 +00:00
if ( ! is_float ( $tz )) {
return $tz ;
2002-06-10 09:43:40 +00:00
}
2005-04-27 03:42:07 +00:00
if ( abs ( $tz ) > 13 ) { // Server time
return get_string ( 'serverlocaltime' );
}
if ( $tz == intval ( $tz )) {
// Don't show .0 for whole hours
$tz = intval ( $tz );
}
if ( $tz == 0 ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return 'GMT' ;
2002-06-10 09:43:40 +00:00
}
2005-04-27 03:42:07 +00:00
else if ( $tz > 0 ) {
return 'GMT+' . $tz ;
}
else {
return 'GMT' . $tz ;
2002-06-10 09:43:40 +00:00
}
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Returns a float which represents the user ' s timezone difference from GMT in hours
* Checks various settings and picks the most dominant of those which have a value
*
* @ uses $CFG
* @ uses $USER
2005-10-24 17:25:29 +00:00
* @ param float $tz If this value is provided and not equal to 99 , it will be returned as is and no other settings will be checked
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ return int
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2005-04-08 07:42:50 +00:00
function get_user_timezone_offset ( $tz = 99 ) {
2004-04-01 12:27:37 +00:00
2005-04-08 05:28:39 +00:00
global $USER , $CFG ;
2005-04-08 20:32:40 +00:00
$tz = get_user_timezone ( $tz );
2005-04-10 09:31:21 +00:00
2005-04-09 08:44:49 +00:00
if ( is_float ( $tz )) {
return $tz ;
} else {
2005-04-08 20:32:40 +00:00
$tzrecord = get_timezone_record ( $tz );
2005-04-09 08:44:49 +00:00
if ( empty ( $tzrecord )) {
2005-04-08 20:32:40 +00:00
return 99.0 ;
}
2005-04-14 12:20:09 +00:00
return ( float ) $tzrecord -> gmtoff / HOURMINS ;
2005-04-08 20:32:40 +00:00
}
}
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
2005-10-24 17:25:29 +00:00
* Returns a float or a string which denotes the user ' s timezone
* A float value means that a simple offset from GMT is used , while a string ( it will be the name of a timezone in the database )
* means that for this timezone there are also DST rules to be taken into account
* Checks various settings and picks the most dominant of those which have a value
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*
* @ uses $USER
* @ uses $CFG
2005-10-24 17:25:29 +00:00
* @ param float $tz If this value is provided and not equal to 99 , it will be returned as is and no other settings will be checked
* @ return mixed
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
*/
2005-04-08 20:32:40 +00:00
function get_user_timezone ( $tz = 99 ) {
global $USER , $CFG ;
2005-04-08 05:28:39 +00:00
2004-04-01 12:27:37 +00:00
$timezones = array (
2005-04-08 20:32:40 +00:00
$tz ,
isset ( $CFG -> forcetimezone ) ? $CFG -> forcetimezone : 99 ,
2005-04-08 05:28:39 +00:00
isset ( $USER -> timezone ) ? $USER -> timezone : 99 ,
isset ( $CFG -> timezone ) ? $CFG -> timezone : 99 ,
2004-04-01 12:27:37 +00:00
);
2005-04-08 05:28:39 +00:00
2005-04-08 20:32:40 +00:00
$tz = 99 ;
2005-04-08 05:28:39 +00:00
2005-04-08 20:32:40 +00:00
while (( $tz == '' || $tz == 99 ) && $next = each ( $timezones )) {
$tz = $next [ 'value' ];
2005-04-08 05:28:39 +00:00
}
2005-04-08 20:32:40 +00:00
return is_numeric ( $tz ) ? ( float ) $tz : $tz ;
2005-04-08 05:28:39 +00:00
}
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
* ?
*
* @ uses $CFG
* @ uses $db
* @ param string $timezonename ?
* @ return object
*/
2005-04-08 05:28:39 +00:00
function get_timezone_record ( $timezonename ) {
global $CFG , $db ;
static $cache = NULL ;
2005-04-10 18:27:15 +00:00
if ( $cache === NULL ) {
2005-04-08 05:28:39 +00:00
$cache = array ();
}
2005-04-10 18:27:15 +00:00
if ( isset ( $cache [ $timezonename ])) {
2005-04-08 05:28:39 +00:00
return $cache [ $timezonename ];
2004-04-01 12:27:37 +00:00
}
2006-03-20 09:36:47 +00:00
return $cache [ $timezonename ] = get_record_sql ( 'SELECT * FROM ' . $CFG -> prefix . ' timezone
WHERE name = '.$db->qstr($timezonename).' ORDER BY year DESC ' , true );
2004-04-01 12:27:37 +00:00
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
* ?
*
* @ uses $CFG
* @ uses $USER
* @ param ? $fromyear ?
* @ param ? $to_year ?
* @ return bool
*/
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
function calculate_user_dst_table ( $from_year = NULL , $to_year = NULL ) {
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
global $CFG , $SESSION ;
2005-02-17 21:58:45 +00:00
2005-04-09 10:12:30 +00:00
$usertz = get_user_timezone ();
2005-02-19 03:14:06 +00:00
2005-04-09 10:12:30 +00:00
if ( is_float ( $usertz )) {
// Trivial timezone, no DST
return false ;
}
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $SESSION -> dst_offsettz ) && $SESSION -> dst_offsettz != $usertz ) {
2005-04-09 10:12:30 +00:00
// We have precalculated values, but the user's effective TZ has changed in the meantime, so reset
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
unset ( $SESSION -> dst_offsets );
unset ( $SESSION -> dst_range );
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
}
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $SESSION -> dst_offsets ) && empty ( $from_year ) && empty ( $to_year )) {
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
// Repeat calls which do not request specific year ranges stop here, we have already calculated the table
// This will be the return path most of the time, pretty light computationally
return true ;
2005-02-17 21:58:45 +00:00
}
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
// Reaching here means we either need to extend our table or create it from scratch
2005-04-09 10:12:30 +00:00
// Remember which TZ we calculated these changes for
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
$SESSION -> dst_offsettz = $usertz ;
2005-04-09 10:12:30 +00:00
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
if ( empty ( $SESSION -> dst_offsets )) {
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
// If we 're creating from scratch, put the two guard elements in there
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
$SESSION -> dst_offsets = array ( 1 => NULL , 0 => NULL );
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
}
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
if ( empty ( $SESSION -> dst_range )) {
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
// If creating from scratch
$from = max (( empty ( $from_year ) ? intval ( date ( 'Y' )) - 3 : $from_year ), 1971 );
$to = min (( empty ( $to_year ) ? intval ( date ( 'Y' )) + 3 : $to_year ), 2035 );
// Fill in the array with the extra years we need to process
$yearstoprocess = array ();
for ( $i = $from ; $i <= $to ; ++ $i ) {
$yearstoprocess [] = $i ;
}
// Take note of which years we have processed for future calls
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
$SESSION -> dst_range = array ( $from , $to );
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
}
else {
// If needing to extend the table, do the same
$yearstoprocess = array ();
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
$from = max (( empty ( $from_year ) ? $SESSION -> dst_range [ 0 ] : $from_year ), 1971 );
$to = min (( empty ( $to_year ) ? $SESSION -> dst_range [ 1 ] : $to_year ), 2035 );
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
if ( $from < $SESSION -> dst_range [ 0 ]) {
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
// Take note of which years we need to process and then note that we have processed them for future calls
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
for ( $i = $from ; $i < $SESSION -> dst_range [ 0 ]; ++ $i ) {
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
$yearstoprocess [] = $i ;
}
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
$SESSION -> dst_range [ 0 ] = $from ;
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
}
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
if ( $to > $SESSION -> dst_range [ 1 ]) {
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
// Take note of which years we need to process and then note that we have processed them for future calls
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
for ( $i = $SESSION -> dst_range [ 1 ] + 1 ; $i <= $to ; ++ $i ) {
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
$yearstoprocess [] = $i ;
}
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
$SESSION -> dst_range [ 1 ] = $to ;
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
}
}
if ( empty ( $yearstoprocess )) {
// This means that there was a call requesting a SMALLER range than we have already calculated
return true ;
}
// From now on, we know that the array has at least the two guard elements, and $yearstoprocess has the years we need
// Also, the array is sorted in descending timestamp order!
// Get DB data
2005-04-09 10:12:30 +00:00
$presetrecords = get_records ( 'timezone' , 'name' , $usertz , 'year DESC' , 'year, gmtoff, dstoff, dst_month, dst_startday, dst_weekday, dst_skipweeks, dst_time, std_month, std_startday, std_weekday, std_skipweeks, std_time' );
2005-03-23 03:03:43 +00:00
if ( empty ( $presetrecords )) {
return false ;
}
2005-02-18 01:18:00 +00:00
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
// Remove ending guard (first element of the array)
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
reset ( $SESSION -> dst_offsets );
unset ( $SESSION -> dst_offsets [ key ( $SESSION -> dst_offsets )]);
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
// Add all required change timestamps
foreach ( $yearstoprocess as $y ) {
// Find the record which is in effect for the year $y
foreach ( $presetrecords as $year => $preset ) {
if ( $year <= $y ) {
break ;
2005-03-05 22:23:08 +00:00
}
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
}
$changes = dst_changes_for_year ( $y , $preset );
if ( $changes === NULL ) {
continue ;
}
if ( $changes [ 'dst' ] != 0 ) {
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
$SESSION -> dst_offsets [ $changes [ 'dst' ]] = $preset -> dstoff * MINSECS ;
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
}
if ( $changes [ 'std' ] != 0 ) {
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
$SESSION -> dst_offsets [ $changes [ 'std' ]] = 0 ;
2005-03-05 22:23:08 +00:00
}
2005-02-17 21:58:45 +00:00
}
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
// Put in a guard element at the top
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
$maxtimestamp = max ( array_keys ( $SESSION -> dst_offsets ));
$SESSION -> dst_offsets [( $maxtimestamp + DAYSECS )] = NULL ; // DAYSECS is arbitrary, any "small" number will do
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
// Sort again
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
krsort ( $SESSION -> dst_offsets );
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
2005-03-23 03:03:43 +00:00
return true ;
}
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
2005-03-23 03:03:43 +00:00
function dst_changes_for_year ( $year , $timezone ) {
2005-02-19 03:14:06 +00:00
2005-03-23 03:03:43 +00:00
if ( $timezone -> dst_startday == 0 && $timezone -> dst_weekday == 0 && $timezone -> std_startday == 0 && $timezone -> std_weekday == 0 ) {
return NULL ;
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
}
2005-02-19 03:14:06 +00:00
2005-03-23 03:03:43 +00:00
$monthdaydst = find_day_in_month ( $timezone -> dst_startday , $timezone -> dst_weekday , $timezone -> dst_month , $year );
$monthdaystd = find_day_in_month ( $timezone -> std_startday , $timezone -> std_weekday , $timezone -> std_month , $year );
list ( $dst_hour , $dst_min ) = explode ( ':' , $timezone -> dst_time );
list ( $std_hour , $std_min ) = explode ( ':' , $timezone -> std_time );
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
2005-04-09 09:50:08 +00:00
$timedst = make_timestamp ( $year , $timezone -> dst_month , $monthdaydst , 0 , 0 , 0 , 99 , false );
$timestd = make_timestamp ( $year , $timezone -> std_month , $monthdaystd , 0 , 0 , 0 , 99 , false );
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
// Instead of putting hour and minute in make_timestamp(), we add them afterwards.
// This has the advantage of being able to have negative values for hour, i.e. for timezones
// where GMT time would be in the PREVIOUS day than the local one on which DST changes.
$timedst += $dst_hour * HOURSECS + $dst_min * MINSECS ;
$timestd += $std_hour * HOURSECS + $std_min * MINSECS ;
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
2005-03-23 03:03:43 +00:00
return array ( 'dst' => $timedst , 0 => $timedst , 'std' => $timestd , 1 => $timestd );
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
}
2005-02-16 22:55:13 +00:00
// $time must NOT be compensated at all, it has to be a pure timestamp
function dst_offset_on ( $time ) {
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
global $SESSION ;
2005-02-16 22:55:13 +00:00
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
if ( ! calculate_user_dst_table () || empty ( $SESSION -> dst_offsets )) {
2005-03-05 22:23:08 +00:00
return 0 ;
2005-02-17 21:58:45 +00:00
}
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
reset ( $SESSION -> dst_offsets );
while ( list ( $from , $offset ) = each ( $SESSION -> dst_offsets )) {
2005-03-05 23:57:19 +00:00
if ( $from <= $time ) {
2005-03-05 22:23:08 +00:00
break ;
}
}
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
// This is the normal return path
if ( $offset !== NULL ) {
return $offset ;
2005-02-16 22:55:13 +00:00
}
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
// Reaching this point means we haven't calculated far enough, do it now:
// Calculate extra DST changes if needed and recurse. The recursion always
// moves toward the stopping condition, so will always end.
if ( $from == 0 ) {
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
// We need a year smaller than $SESSION->dst_range[0]
if ( $SESSION -> dst_range [ 0 ] == 1971 ) {
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
return 0 ;
}
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
calculate_user_dst_table ( $SESSION -> dst_range [ 0 ] - 5 , NULL );
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
return dst_offset_on ( $time );
}
else {
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
// We need a year larger than $SESSION->dst_range[1]
if ( $SESSION -> dst_range [ 1 ] == 2035 ) {
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
return 0 ;
}
2005-08-30 03:27:52 +00:00
calculate_user_dst_table ( NULL , $SESSION -> dst_range [ 1 ] + 5 );
2005-03-26 18:43:58 +00:00
return dst_offset_on ( $time );
}
2005-02-17 21:58:45 +00:00
}
2005-02-16 22:55:13 +00:00
2005-03-18 04:38:30 +00:00
function find_day_in_month ( $startday , $weekday , $month , $year ) {
2005-02-26 06:26:04 +00:00
$daysinmonth = days_in_month ( $month , $year );
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
if ( $weekday == - 1 ) {
2005-03-18 04:38:30 +00:00
// Don't care about weekday, so return:
// abs($startday) if $startday != -1
// $daysinmonth otherwise
return ( $startday == - 1 ) ? $daysinmonth : abs ( $startday );
2005-02-26 06:26:04 +00:00
}
// From now on we 're looking for a specific weekday
2005-03-18 04:38:30 +00:00
// Give "end of month" its actual value, since we know it
if ( $startday == - 1 ) {
$startday = - 1 * $daysinmonth ;
}
// Starting from day $startday, the sign is the direction
2005-02-26 06:26:04 +00:00
2005-03-18 04:38:30 +00:00
if ( $startday < 1 ) {
2005-02-26 06:26:04 +00:00
2005-03-18 04:38:30 +00:00
$startday = abs ( $startday );
2005-02-26 06:26:04 +00:00
$lastmonthweekday = strftime ( '%w' , mktime ( 12 , 0 , 0 , $month , $daysinmonth , $year , 0 ));
// This is the last such weekday of the month
$lastinmonth = $daysinmonth + $weekday - $lastmonthweekday ;
if ( $lastinmonth > $daysinmonth ) {
$lastinmonth -= 7 ;
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
}
2005-02-26 06:26:04 +00:00
2005-03-18 04:38:30 +00:00
// Find the first such weekday <= $startday
while ( $lastinmonth > $startday ) {
2005-02-26 06:26:04 +00:00
$lastinmonth -= 7 ;
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
}
2005-02-26 06:26:04 +00:00
return $lastinmonth ;
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
}
else {
2005-03-18 04:38:30 +00:00
$indexweekday = strftime ( '%w' , mktime ( 12 , 0 , 0 , $month , $startday , $year , 0 ));
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
2005-02-26 06:26:04 +00:00
$diff = $weekday - $indexweekday ;
if ( $diff < 0 ) {
$diff += 7 ;
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
}
2005-03-18 04:38:30 +00:00
// This is the first such weekday of the month equal to or after $startday
$firstfromindex = $startday + $diff ;
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
2005-02-26 06:26:04 +00:00
return $firstfromindex ;
}
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
}
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
* Calculate the number of days in a given month
*
* @ param int $month The month whose day count is sought
* @ param int $year The year of the month whose day count is sought
* @ return int
*/
2005-02-16 22:04:14 +00:00
function days_in_month ( $month , $year ) {
return intval ( date ( 't' , mktime ( 12 , 0 , 0 , $month , 1 , $year , 0 )));
}
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
* Calculate the position in the week of a specific calendar day
*
* @ param int $day The day of the date whose position in the week is sought
* @ param int $month The month of the date whose position in the week is sought
* @ param int $year The year of the date whose position in the week is sought
* @ return int
*/
2005-02-26 06:26:04 +00:00
function dayofweek ( $day , $month , $year ) {
// I wonder if this is any different from
// strftime('%w', mktime(12, 0, 0, $month, $daysinmonth, $year, 0));
return intval ( date ( 'w' , mktime ( 12 , 0 , 0 , $month , $day , $year , 0 )));
}
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
/// USER AUTHENTICATION AND LOGIN ////////////////////////////////////////
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
/**
* Makes sure that $USER -> sesskey exists , if $USER itself exists . It sets a new sesskey
* if one does not already exist , but does not overwrite existing sesskeys . Returns the
* sesskey string if $USER exists , or boolean false if not .
*
* @ uses $USER
* @ return string
*/
2005-01-23 22:07:13 +00:00
function sesskey () {
2005-01-12 11:40:46 +00:00
global $USER ;
if ( ! isset ( $USER )) {
return false ;
}
if ( empty ( $USER -> sesskey )) {
$USER -> sesskey = random_string ( 10 );
}
return $USER -> sesskey ;
}
2006-01-24 06:00:32 +00:00
2006-09-03 08:10:10 +00:00
/**
* For security purposes , this function will check that the currently
* given sesskey ( passed as a parameter to the script or this function )
* matches that of the current user .
*
* @ param string $sesskey optionally provided sesskey
* @ return bool
*/
function confirm_sesskey ( $sesskey = NULL ) {
global $USER ;
2006-01-24 06:00:32 +00:00
2006-09-03 08:10:10 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $USER -> ignoresesskey ) || ! empty ( $CFG -> ignoresesskey )) {
return true ;
2006-01-24 06:00:32 +00:00
}
2006-09-03 08:10:10 +00:00
if ( empty ( $sesskey )) {
$sesskey = required_param ( 'sesskey' , PARAM_RAW ); // Check script parameters
2006-01-24 06:00:32 +00:00
}
2006-09-03 08:10:10 +00:00
if ( ! isset ( $USER -> sesskey )) {
return false ;
}
2006-01-24 06:00:32 +00:00
2006-09-03 08:10:10 +00:00
return ( $USER -> sesskey === $sesskey );
2006-01-24 06:00:32 +00:00
}
2006-09-03 08:10:10 +00:00
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
2005-02-16 10:40:48 +00:00
* This function checks that the current user is logged in and has the
* required privileges
*
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* This function checks that the current user is logged in , and optionally
2005-02-16 10:40:48 +00:00
* whether they are allowed to be in a particular course and view a particular
* course module .
* If they are not logged in , then it redirects them to the site login unless
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
* $autologinguest is set and { @ link $CFG } -> autologinguests is set to 1 in which
2005-02-16 10:40:48 +00:00
* case they are automatically logged in as guests .
* If $courseid is given and the user is not enrolled in that course then the
* user is redirected to the course enrolment page .
* If $cm is given and the coursemodule is hidden and the user is not a teacher
* in the course then the user is redirected to the course home page .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*
* @ uses $CFG
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $SESSION
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ uses $USER
* @ uses $FULLME
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses SITEID
2006-03-29 17:56:35 +00:00
* @ uses $COURSE
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ uses $MoodleSession
2005-02-16 10:40:48 +00:00
* @ param int $courseid id of the course
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ param bool $autologinguest
* @ param object $cm course module object
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2005-02-16 10:40:48 +00:00
function require_login ( $courseid = 0 , $autologinguest = true , $cm = null ) {
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2006-03-29 17:56:35 +00:00
global $CFG , $SESSION , $USER , $COURSE , $FULLME , $MoodleSession ;
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
/// Redefine global $COURSE if we can
2006-05-29 07:31:22 +00:00
global $course ; // We use the global hack once here so it doesn't need to be used again
2006-09-03 08:10:10 +00:00
if ( is_object ( $course ) and ! empty ( $course -> id ) and ( $courseid == 0 || $course -> id == $courseid )) {
2006-05-29 07:31:22 +00:00
$COURSE = clone ( $course );
} else if ( $courseid ) {
$COURSE = get_record ( 'course' , 'id' , $courseid );
2006-03-29 15:38:29 +00:00
}
2006-07-30 10:39:21 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $COURSE -> lang )) {
$CFG -> courselang = $COURSE -> lang ;
moodle_setlocale ();
}
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
/// If the user is not even logged in yet then make sure they are
if ( ! ( isset ( $USER -> loggedin ) and $USER -> confirmed and ( $USER -> site == $CFG -> wwwroot )) ) {
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
$SESSION -> wantsurl = $FULLME ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $_SERVER [ 'HTTP_REFERER' ])) {
$SESSION -> fromurl = $_SERVER [ 'HTTP_REFERER' ];
2003-01-22 01:55:54 +00:00
}
2002-08-28 15:07:46 +00:00
$USER = NULL ;
2006-09-26 06:34:29 +00:00
if ( $autologinguest && ! empty ( $CFG -> autologinguests ) and
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
$courseid and ( $courseid == SITEID or get_field ( 'course' , 'guest' , 'id' , $courseid )) ) {
2004-07-01 22:29:04 +00:00
$loginguest = '?loginguest=true' ;
} else {
$loginguest = '' ;
2004-06-30 12:43:05 +00:00
}
2004-06-19 16:13:28 +00:00
if ( empty ( $CFG -> loginhttps )) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
redirect ( $CFG -> wwwroot . '/login/index.php' . $loginguest );
2004-06-19 16:13:28 +00:00
} else {
2006-05-15 21:36:46 +00:00
$wwwroot = str_replace ( 'http:' , 'https:' , $CFG -> wwwroot );
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
redirect ( $wwwroot . '/login/index.php' . $loginguest );
2004-06-19 16:13:28 +00:00
}
2005-02-17 06:15:22 +00:00
exit ;
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
}
2002-12-30 15:30:05 +00:00
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
/// check whether the user should be changing password
2004-09-23 03:56:53 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $USER -> preference [ 'auth_forcepasswordchange' ])){
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
if ( is_internal_auth () || $CFG -> { 'auth_' . $USER -> auth . '_stdchangepassword' }){
2005-02-17 06:15:22 +00:00
$SESSION -> wantsurl = $FULLME ;
2006-12-02 14:38:31 +00:00
if ( empty ( $CFG -> loginhttps )) {
redirect ( $CFG -> wwwroot . '/login/change_password.php' );
} else {
$wwwroot = str_replace ( 'http:' , 'https:' , $CFG -> wwwroot );
redirect ( $wwwroot . '/login/change_password.php' );
}
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
} elseif ( $CFG -> changepassword ) {
redirect ( $CFG -> changepassword );
} else {
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
error ( ' You cannot proceed without changing your password .
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
However there is no available page for changing it .
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
Please contact your Moodle Administrator . ' );
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
}
}
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
/// Check that the user account is properly set up
2002-12-30 15:30:05 +00:00
if ( user_not_fully_set_up ( $USER )) {
2005-02-17 06:15:22 +00:00
$SESSION -> wantsurl = $FULLME ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
redirect ( $CFG -> wwwroot . '/user/edit.php?id=' . $USER -> id . '&course=' . SITEID );
2002-12-30 15:30:05 +00:00
}
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
/// Make sure current IP matches the one for this session (if required)
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> tracksessionip )) {
2004-09-27 14:35:37 +00:00
if ( $USER -> sessionIP != md5 ( getremoteaddr ())) {
error ( get_string ( 'sessionipnomatch' , 'error' ));
}
}
2004-10-08 06:06:03 +00:00
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
/// Make sure the USER has a sesskey set up. Used for checking script parameters.
2005-01-23 22:07:13 +00:00
sesskey ();
2004-09-27 14:35:37 +00:00
2004-11-29 05:30:36 +00:00
// Check that the user has agreed to a site policy if there is one
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> sitepolicy )) {
if ( ! $USER -> policyagreed ) {
2004-11-29 06:22:12 +00:00
$SESSION -> wantsurl = $FULLME ;
2004-11-29 05:30:36 +00:00
redirect ( $CFG -> wwwroot . '/user/policy.php' );
}
2005-02-10 05:11:34 +00:00
}
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
/// If the site is currently under maintenance, then print a message
2006-09-19 09:16:24 +00:00
if ( ! has_capability ( 'moodle/site:config' , get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_SYSTEM , SITEID ))) {
2005-05-11 08:57:14 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/' . SITEID . '/maintenance.html' )) {
2005-02-10 05:11:34 +00:00
print_maintenance_message ();
2005-02-17 06:15:22 +00:00
exit ;
2005-02-10 05:11:34 +00:00
}
2004-11-29 05:30:36 +00:00
}
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
/// Next, check if the user can be in a particular course
2002-06-09 14:14:07 +00:00
if ( $courseid ) {
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
/// Sanity check on the courseid
if ( $courseid == $COURSE -> id ) { /// Pretty much always true but let's be sure
$course = $COURSE ;
} else if ( ! $course = get_record ( 'course' , 'id' , $courseid )) {
error ( 'That course doesn\'t exist' );
}
/// We can eliminate hidden site activities straight away
if ( $course -> id == SITEID ) {
if ( ! empty ( $cm ) && ! $cm -> visible and ! has_capability ( 'moodle/course:viewhiddenactivities' ,
get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_SYSTEM , SITEID ))) {
redirect ( $CFG -> wwwroot , get_string ( 'activityiscurrentlyhidden' ));
2005-02-16 10:40:48 +00:00
}
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
return ;
2004-09-25 15:23:10 +00:00
}
2006-10-05 08:41:06 +00:00
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
/// If the whole course is hidden from us then we can stop now
if ( ! $context = get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_COURSE , $course -> id )) {
print_error ( 'nocontext' );
}
2006-10-05 08:41:06 +00:00
if ( empty ( $USER -> switchrole [ $context -> id ]) &&
! ( $course -> visible && course_parent_visible ( $course )) &&
! has_capability ( 'moodle/course:viewhiddencourses' , get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_COURSE , $course -> id )) ){
print_header_simple ();
notice ( get_string ( 'coursehidden' ), $CFG -> wwwroot . '/' );
}
2006-12-05 09:19:26 +00:00
/// Non-guests who don't currently have access, check if they can be allowed in as a guest
if ( $USER -> username != 'guest' and ! has_capability ( 'moodle/course:view' , $context )) {
if ( $course -> guest == 1 ) {
// Temporarily assign them guest role for this context,
// if it fails user is asked to enrol
load_guest_role ( $context );
}
}
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
/// If the user is a guest then treat them according to the course policy about guests
if ( has_capability ( 'moodle/legacy:guest' , $context , NULL , false )) {
switch ( $course -> guest ) { /// Check course policy about guest access
case 1 : /// Guests always allowed
if ( ! has_capability ( 'moodle/course:view' , $context )) { // Prohibited by capability
print_header_simple ();
notice ( get_string ( 'guestsnotallowed' , '' , $course -> fullname ), " $CFG->wwwroot /login/index.php " );
}
if ( ! empty ( $cm ) and ! $cm -> visible ) { // Not allowed to see module, send to course page
redirect ( $CFG -> wwwroot . '/course/view.php?id=' . $cm -> course ,
get_string ( 'activityiscurrentlyhidden' ));
}
return ; // User is allowed to see this course
break ;
2006-10-23 06:38:15 +00:00
case 2 : /// Guests allowed with key
if ( ! empty ( $USER -> enrolkey [ $course -> id ])) { // Set by enrol/manual/enrol.php
return true ;
}
// otherwise drop through to logic below (--> enrol.php)
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
break ;
2006-08-08 05:13:06 +00:00
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
default : /// Guests not allowed
2006-10-12 07:28:22 +00:00
print_header_simple ( '' , '' , get_string ( 'loggedinasguest' ));
if ( empty ( $USER -> switchrole [ $context -> id ])) { // Normal guest
notice ( get_string ( 'guestsnotallowed' , '' , $course -> fullname ), " $CFG->wwwroot /login/index.php " );
} else {
notify ( get_string ( 'guestsnotallowed' , '' , $course -> fullname ));
echo '<div class="notifyproblem">' . switchroles_form ( $course -> id ) . '</div>' ;
print_footer ( $course );
exit ;
}
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
break ;
}
/// For non-guests, check if they have course view access
} else if ( has_capability ( 'moodle/course:view' , $context )) {
if ( ! empty ( $USER -> realuser )) { // Make sure the REAL person can also access this course
2006-09-06 08:55:23 +00:00
if ( ! has_capability ( 'moodle/course:view' , $context , $USER -> realuser )) {
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
print_header_simple ();
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
notice ( get_string ( 'studentnotallowed' , '' , fullname ( $USER , true )), $CFG -> wwwroot . '/' );
2002-11-05 16:38:02 +00:00
}
2002-08-11 05:07:15 +00:00
}
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
/// Make sure they can read this activity too, if specified
if ( ! empty ( $cm ) and ! $cm -> visible and ! has_capability ( 'moodle/course:viewhiddenactivities' , $context )) {
2005-02-16 10:40:48 +00:00
redirect ( $CFG -> wwwroot . '/course/view.php?id=' . $cm -> course , get_string ( 'activityiscurrentlyhidden' ));
}
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
return ; // User is allowed to see this course
2002-06-09 14:14:07 +00:00
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2005-02-05 16:40:38 +00:00
2006-09-12 09:31:23 +00:00
/// Currently not enrolled in the course, so see if they want to enrol
2002-06-09 14:14:07 +00:00
$SESSION -> wantsurl = $FULLME ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
redirect ( $CFG -> wwwroot . '/course/enrol.php?id=' . $courseid );
2002-06-09 14:14:07 +00:00
die ;
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
}
2006-09-03 08:10:10 +00:00
/**
* This function just makes sure a user is logged out .
*
* @ uses $CFG
* @ uses $USER
*/
function require_logout () {
global $USER , $CFG ;
if ( isset ( $USER ) and isset ( $USER -> id )) {
add_to_log ( SITEID , " user " , " logout " , " view.php?id= $USER->id &course= " . SITEID , $USER -> id , 0 , $USER -> id );
if ( $USER -> auth == 'cas' && ! empty ( $CFG -> cas_enabled )) {
require ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/auth/cas/logout.php' );
}
}
if ( ini_get_bool ( " register_globals " ) and check_php_version ( " 4.3.0 " )) {
// This method is just to try to avoid silly warnings from PHP 4.3.0
session_unregister ( " USER " );
session_unregister ( " SESSION " );
}
setcookie ( 'MoodleSessionTest' . $CFG -> sessioncookie , '' , time () - 3600 , $CFG -> sessioncookiepath );
unset ( $_SESSION [ 'USER' ]);
unset ( $_SESSION [ 'SESSION' ]);
unset ( $SESSION );
unset ( $USER );
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* This is a weaker version of { @ link require_login ()} which only requires login
* when called from within a course rather than the site page , unless
* the forcelogin option is turned on .
*
* @ uses $CFG
2005-04-14 02:13:47 +00:00
* @ param object $course The course object in question
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ param bool $autologinguest Allow autologin guests if that is wanted
2005-04-14 02:13:47 +00:00
* @ param object $cm Course activity module if known
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2005-02-16 10:40:48 +00:00
function require_course_login ( $course , $autologinguest = true , $cm = null ) {
2004-08-22 14:38:47 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2005-04-13 06:59:13 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> forcelogin )) {
2005-02-13 17:38:40 +00:00
require_login ();
2004-08-22 14:38:47 +00:00
}
2005-04-14 02:13:47 +00:00
if ( $course -> id != SITEID ) {
2005-02-16 10:40:48 +00:00
require_login ( $course -> id , $autologinguest , $cm );
2004-08-22 14:38:47 +00:00
}
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Modify the user table by setting the currently logged in user ' s
* last login to now .
*
* @ uses $USER
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
function update_user_login_times () {
global $USER ;
$USER -> lastlogin = $user -> lastlogin = $USER -> currentlogin ;
2004-08-29 15:00:08 +00:00
$USER -> currentlogin = $user -> lastaccess = $user -> currentlogin = time ();
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
$user -> id = $USER -> id ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return update_record ( 'user' , $user );
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Determines if a user has completed setting up their account .
*
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ param user $user A { @ link $USER } object to test for the existance of a valid name and email
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2002-12-30 15:30:05 +00:00
function user_not_fully_set_up ( $user ) {
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
return ( $user -> username != 'guest' and ( empty ( $user -> firstname ) or empty ( $user -> lastname ) or empty ( $user -> email ) or over_bounce_threshold ( $user )));
}
function over_bounce_threshold ( $user ) {
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
if ( empty ( $CFG -> handlebounces )) {
return false ;
}
// set sensible defaults
if ( empty ( $CFG -> minbounces )) {
$CFG -> minbounces = 10 ;
}
if ( empty ( $CFG -> bounceratio )) {
$CFG -> bounceratio = . 20 ;
}
$bouncecount = 0 ;
$sendcount = 0 ;
if ( $bounce = get_record ( 'user_preferences' , 'userid' , $user -> id , 'name' , 'email_bounce_count' )) {
$bouncecount = $bounce -> value ;
}
if ( $send = get_record ( 'user_preferences' , 'userid' , $user -> id , 'name' , 'email_send_count' )) {
$sendcount = $send -> value ;
}
return ( $bouncecount >= $CFG -> minbounces && $bouncecount / $sendcount >= $CFG -> bounceratio );
}
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
/**
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
* @ param $user - object containing an id
* @ param $reset - will reset the count to 0
*/
function set_send_count ( $user , $reset = false ) {
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
if ( $pref = get_record ( 'user_preferences' , 'userid' , $user -> id , 'name' , 'email_send_count' )) {
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
$pref -> value = ( ! empty ( $reset )) ? 0 : $pref -> value + 1 ;
update_record ( 'user_preferences' , $pref );
}
else if ( ! empty ( $reset )) { // if it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother.
// make a new one
$pref -> name = 'email_send_count' ;
$pref -> value = 1 ;
$pref -> userid = $user -> id ;
2005-08-16 00:43:56 +00:00
insert_record ( 'user_preferences' , $pref , false );
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
}
}
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
/**
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
* @ param $user - object containing an id
* @ param $reset - will reset the count to 0
*/
function set_bounce_count ( $user , $reset = false ) {
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
if ( $pref = get_record ( 'user_preferences' , 'userid' , $user -> id , 'name' , 'email_bounce_count' )) {
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
$pref -> value = ( ! empty ( $reset )) ? 0 : $pref -> value + 1 ;
update_record ( 'user_preferences' , $pref );
}
else if ( ! empty ( $reset )) { // if it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother.
// make a new one
$pref -> name = 'email_bounce_count' ;
$pref -> value = 1 ;
$pref -> userid = $user -> id ;
2005-08-16 00:43:56 +00:00
insert_record ( 'user_preferences' , $pref , false );
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
}
2002-12-30 15:30:05 +00:00
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Keeps track of login attempts
*
* @ uses $SESSION
*/
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
function update_login_count () {
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
global $SESSION ;
$max_logins = 10 ;
if ( empty ( $SESSION -> logincount )) {
$SESSION -> logincount = 1 ;
} else {
$SESSION -> logincount ++ ;
}
if ( $SESSION -> logincount > $max_logins ) {
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
unset ( $SESSION -> wantsurl );
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
error ( get_string ( 'errortoomanylogins' ));
2002-09-22 14:06:38 +00:00
}
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Resets login attempts
*
* @ uses $SESSION
*/
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
function reset_login_count () {
global $SESSION ;
2002-09-22 14:06:38 +00:00
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
$SESSION -> logincount = 0 ;
2002-09-22 14:06:38 +00:00
}
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
function sync_metacourses () {
global $CFG ;
2006-09-17 22:21:37 +00:00
if ( ! $courses = get_records ( 'course' , 'metacourse' , 1 )) {
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
return ;
}
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
foreach ( $courses as $course ) {
2006-09-17 22:21:37 +00:00
sync_metacourse ( $course );
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
}
}
/**
* Goes through all enrolment records for the courses inside the metacourse and sync with them .
2006-11-20 16:45:24 +00:00
*
* @ param mixed $course the metacourse to synch . Either the course object itself , or the courseid .
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
*/
2006-09-17 22:21:37 +00:00
function sync_metacourse ( $course ) {
2005-08-23 05:43:02 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
2006-11-20 16:45:24 +00:00
// Check the course is valid.
2006-09-17 22:21:37 +00:00
if ( ! is_object ( $course )) {
if ( ! $course = get_record ( 'course' , 'id' , $course )) {
return false ; // invalid course id
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
}
}
2006-09-17 22:21:37 +00:00
2006-11-20 16:45:24 +00:00
// Check that we actually have a metacourse.
2006-09-17 22:21:37 +00:00
if ( empty ( $course -> metacourse )) {
2006-11-20 16:45:24 +00:00
return false ;
2005-08-23 05:43:02 +00:00
}
2005-02-18 02:42:33 +00:00
2006-11-20 16:45:24 +00:00
// Get the context of the metacourse.
2006-09-17 22:21:37 +00:00
$context = get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_COURSE , $course -> id ); // SITEID can not be a metacourse
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2006-11-20 16:45:24 +00:00
// We do not ever want to unassign the list of metacourse manager, so get a list of them.
2006-09-19 06:35:52 +00:00
if ( $users = get_users_by_capability ( $context , 'moodle/course:managemetacourse' )) {
2006-09-17 22:21:37 +00:00
$managers = array_keys ( $users );
} else {
$managers = array ();
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
}
2006-11-20 16:45:24 +00:00
// Get assignments of a user to a role that exist in a child course, but
// not in the meta coure. That is, get a list of the assignments that need to be made.
if ( ! $assignments = get_records_sql ( "
SELECT
ra . id , ra . roleid , ra . userid
FROM
{ $CFG -> prefix } role_assignments ra ,
{ $CFG -> prefix } context con ,
{ $CFG -> prefix } course_meta cm
WHERE
ra . contextid = con . id AND
con . contextlevel = " . CONTEXT_COURSE . " AND
con . instanceid = cm . child_course AND
cm . parent_course = { $course -> id } AND
NOT EXISTS (
SELECT 1 FROM
{ $CFG -> prefix } role_assignments ra2
WHERE
ra2 . userid = ra . userid AND
ra2 . roleid = ra . roleid AND
ra2 . contextid = { $context -> id }
)
" )) {
$assignments = array ();
}
// Get assignments of a user to a role that exist in the meta course, but
// not in any child courses. That is, get a list of the unassignments that need to be made.
if ( ! $unassignments = get_records_sql ( "
SELECT
ra . id , ra . roleid , ra . userid
FROM
{ $CFG -> prefix } role_assignments ra
WHERE
ra . contextid = { $context -> id } AND
NOT EXISTS (
SELECT 1 FROM
{ $CFG -> prefix } role_assignments ra2 ,
{ $CFG -> prefix } context con2 ,
{ $CFG -> prefix } course_meta cm
WHERE
ra2 . userid = ra . userid AND
ra2 . roleid = ra . roleid AND
ra2 . contextid = con2 . id AND
con2 . contextlevel = " . CONTEXT_COURSE . " AND
con2 . instanceid = cm . child_course AND
cm . parent_course = { $course -> id }
)
" )) {
$unassignments = array ();
}
$success = true ;
// Make the unassignments, if they are not managers.
foreach ( $unassignments as $unassignment ) {
if ( ! in_array ( $unassignment -> userid , $managers )) {
$success = role_unassign ( $unassignment -> roleid , $unassignment -> userid , 0 , $context -> id ) && $success ;
2006-09-17 22:21:37 +00:00
}
2005-08-23 05:43:02 +00:00
}
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2006-11-20 16:45:24 +00:00
// Make the assignments.
foreach ( $assignments as $assignment ) {
$success = role_assign ( $assignment -> roleid , $assignment -> userid , 0 , $context -> id ) && $success ;
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
}
2005-08-23 05:43:02 +00:00
2006-11-20 16:45:24 +00:00
return $success ;
2006-09-17 22:21:37 +00:00
// TODO: finish timeend and timestart
// maybe we could rely on cron job to do the cleaning from time to time
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
}
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
/**
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
* Adds a record to the metacourse table and calls sync_metacoures
*/
function add_to_metacourse ( $metacourseid , $courseid ) {
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
if ( ! $metacourse = get_record ( " course " , " id " , $metacourseid )) {
return false ;
}
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
if ( ! $course = get_record ( " course " , " id " , $courseid )) {
return false ;
}
2005-01-25 04:33:02 +00:00
if ( ! $record = get_record ( " course_meta " , " parent_course " , $metacourseid , " child_course " , $courseid )) {
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
$rec -> parent_course = $metacourseid ;
$rec -> child_course = $courseid ;
2005-01-25 04:33:02 +00:00
if ( ! insert_record ( 'course_meta' , $rec )) {
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
return false ;
}
return sync_metacourse ( $metacourseid );
}
return true ;
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
}
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
/**
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
* Removes the record from the metacourse table and calls sync_metacourse
*/
function remove_from_metacourse ( $metacourseid , $courseid ) {
2005-01-25 04:33:02 +00:00
if ( delete_records ( 'course_meta' , 'parent_course' , $metacourseid , 'child_course' , $courseid )) {
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
return sync_metacourse ( $metacourseid );
}
return false ;
}
2005-04-17 12:08:46 +00:00
/**
* Determines if a user is currently logged in
*
* @ uses $USER
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2005-04-17 12:08:46 +00:00
*/
function isloggedin () {
global $USER ;
return ( ! empty ( $USER -> id ));
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Determines if the currently logged in user is in editing mode
*
* @ uses $USER
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $courseid The id of the course being tested
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ param user $user A { @ link $USER } object . If null then the currently logged in user is used .
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2002-07-29 15:45:46 +00:00
function isediting ( $courseid , $user = NULL ) {
2005-10-31 08:35:14 +00:00
global $USER ;
if ( ! $user ) {
$user = $USER ;
2002-07-29 15:45:46 +00:00
}
2002-12-29 17:32:32 +00:00
if ( empty ( $user -> editing )) {
return false ;
}
2006-09-06 08:55:23 +00:00
return ( $user -> editing and has_capability ( 'moodle/course:manageactivities' , get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_COURSE , $courseid )));
2002-07-29 15:45:46 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Determines if the logged in user is currently moving an activity
*
* @ uses $USER
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $courseid The id of the course being tested
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2003-07-14 13:08:38 +00:00
function ismoving ( $courseid ) {
global $USER ;
if ( ! empty ( $USER -> activitycopy )) {
return ( $USER -> activitycopycourse == $courseid );
}
return false ;
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Given an object containing firstname and lastname
* values , this function returns a string with the
* full name of the person .
* The result may depend on system settings
* or language . 'override' will force both names
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
* to be used even if system settings specify one .
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
*
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ uses $SESSION
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* @ param object $user A { @ link $USER } object to get full name of
* @ param bool $override If true then the name will be first name followed by last name rather than adhering to fullnamedisplay setting .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2003-11-19 15:59:45 +00:00
function fullname ( $user , $override = false ) {
2003-11-30 14:02:01 +00:00
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
global $CFG , $SESSION ;
2004-08-07 13:39:36 +00:00
if ( ! isset ( $user -> firstname ) and ! isset ( $user -> lastname )) {
return '' ;
}
2005-05-10 06:18:30 +00:00
if ( ! $override ) {
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> forcefirstname )) {
$user -> firstname = $CFG -> forcefirstname ;
}
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> forcelastname )) {
$user -> lastname = $CFG -> forcelastname ;
}
}
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $SESSION -> fullnamedisplay )) {
$CFG -> fullnamedisplay = $SESSION -> fullnamedisplay ;
}
2003-11-19 15:59:45 +00:00
2003-11-30 14:02:01 +00:00
if ( $CFG -> fullnamedisplay == 'firstname lastname' ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return $user -> firstname . ' ' . $user -> lastname ;
2003-11-30 14:02:01 +00:00
} else if ( $CFG -> fullnamedisplay == 'lastname firstname' ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return $user -> lastname . ' ' . $user -> firstname ;
2003-11-19 15:59:45 +00:00
2003-11-30 14:02:01 +00:00
} else if ( $CFG -> fullnamedisplay == 'firstname' ) {
if ( $override ) {
return get_string ( 'fullnamedisplay' , '' , $user );
} else {
return $user -> firstname ;
}
}
2003-11-19 15:59:45 +00:00
2003-11-30 14:02:01 +00:00
return get_string ( 'fullnamedisplay' , '' , $user );
2003-11-19 15:59:45 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Sets a moodle cookie with an encrypted string
*
* @ uses $CFG
2004-09-29 18:56:50 +00:00
* @ uses DAYSECS
* @ uses HOURSECS
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ param string $thing The string to encrypt and place in a cookie
*/
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
function set_moodle_cookie ( $thing ) {
2002-12-24 10:07:45 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2003-10-17 12:30:17 +00:00
2005-05-07 03:10:48 +00:00
if ( $thing == 'guest' ) { // Ignore guest account
return ;
}
2003-10-17 12:30:17 +00:00
$cookiename = 'MOODLEID_' . $CFG -> sessioncookie ;
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
$days = 60 ;
2004-09-28 05:53:08 +00:00
$seconds = DAYSECS * $days ;
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-09-28 05:53:08 +00:00
setCookie ( $cookiename , '' , time () - HOURSECS , '/' );
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
setCookie ( $cookiename , rc4encrypt ( $thing ), time () + $seconds , '/' );
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Gets a moodle cookie with an encrypted string
*
* @ uses $CFG
* @ return string
*/
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
function get_moodle_cookie () {
2002-12-24 10:07:45 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2003-10-17 12:30:17 +00:00
$cookiename = 'MOODLEID_' . $CFG -> sessioncookie ;
2002-12-24 10:07:45 +00:00
2003-01-08 09:07:07 +00:00
if ( empty ( $_COOKIE [ $cookiename ])) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return '' ;
2003-01-08 09:07:07 +00:00
} else {
2005-05-07 03:10:48 +00:00
$thing = rc4decrypt ( $_COOKIE [ $cookiename ]);
return ( $thing == 'guest' ) ? '' : $thing ; // Ignore guest account
2003-01-08 09:07:07 +00:00
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Returns true if an internal authentication method is being used .
* if method not specified then , global default is assumed
*
* @ uses $CFG
* @ param string $auth Form of authentication required
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ todo Outline auth types and provide code example
*/
2004-08-16 15:41:57 +00:00
function is_internal_auth ( $auth = '' ) {
2003-09-22 13:58:20 +00:00
/// Returns true if an internal authentication method is being used.
2004-09-23 03:56:53 +00:00
/// If auth not specified then global default is assumed
2003-09-22 13:58:20 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2004-09-23 03:56:53 +00:00
if ( empty ( $auth )) {
$auth = $CFG -> auth ;
2004-08-16 15:41:57 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 03:56:53 +00:00
return ( $auth == " email " || $auth == " none " || $auth == " manual " );
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Returns an array of user fields
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ uses $db
* @ return array User field / column names
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2004-09-23 03:56:53 +00:00
function get_user_fieldnames () {
global $CFG , $db ;
$fieldarray = $db -> MetaColumnNames ( $CFG -> prefix . 'user' );
unset ( $fieldarray [ 'ID' ]);
return $fieldarray ;
2003-09-22 13:58:20 +00:00
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Creates a bare - bones user record
*
* @ uses $CFG
* @ param string $username New user ' s username to add to record
* @ param string $password New user ' s password to add to record
* @ param string $auth Form of authentication required
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* @ return object A { @ link $USER } object
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ todo Outline auth types and provide code example
*/
2004-08-31 12:33:20 +00:00
function create_user_record ( $username , $password , $auth = '' ) {
2004-09-27 14:35:37 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2004-08-31 12:33:20 +00:00
2003-04-24 20:06:40 +00:00
//just in case check text case
$username = trim ( moodle_strtolower ( $username ));
2004-08-31 12:33:20 +00:00
2004-08-30 17:47:21 +00:00
if ( function_exists ( 'auth_get_userinfo' )) {
2002-10-05 16:49:42 +00:00
if ( $newinfo = auth_get_userinfo ( $username )) {
Auth/LDAP
Bugfix - value truncation to fit Moodle database
- Added truncate_userinfo() to cleanup data coming from external auth
- Fixed auth_user_create() to truncate user info as appropriate
Auth_ldap_user_sync
- created external script that calls the function
- much faster update strategy on postgres and mysql: auth_sync_users now to uses bulk inserts into a temp table, and then use LEFT JOINs and plain old SELECTs to determine what users it has to insert.
- we now loop over smaller sets of data -- we are still memory-bound, but (a) it'll be easy to use LIMIT to manage that and (b) memory use is much lower now in all cases.
- postgres: phased commits in auth_user_sync() for the batch user upload phase
- Several feature and performance enhancements:
- if a value is removed from ldap, it will be cleared from moodle
- no-op updates (where the data does not change) are skipped
- if a user disappears and then reappears in LDAP in two separate calls to auth_user_sync(),the account will be marked deleted and then be revived. before, the account would have been deleted and created anew.
Multi-source ldap values:
The LDAP auth module now accepts a comma separated set of LDAP field names. When creating or updating a user record, auth/ldap will retrieve all the relevant fields. The right-most values overwrites all the others.
This is particularly useful when updating the user's email address from an LDAP source, which may contain the email address in one of several fields (traditionally: mail, mailForwardingAddress, mailAlternateAddress).
If a value is updated and is set to update external auth and this field is using this multi-source ldap configuration, the auth/ldap module will retrieve the old value, find which field it was sourced from, and update that field in LDAP. If it fails to find the original source of the value, it will log it in error_log.
Log of patchsets applied:
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-131
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-137
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-139
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-172
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-173
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-189
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-190
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-208
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-212
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-216
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-279
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-282
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-287
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-294
2004-11-22 07:46:10 +00:00
$newinfo = truncate_userinfo ( $newinfo );
2002-11-21 07:37:21 +00:00
foreach ( $newinfo as $key => $value ){
2003-01-22 01:55:54 +00:00
$newuser -> $key = addslashes ( stripslashes ( $value )); // Just in case
2002-10-05 16:49:42 +00:00
}
}
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-09-06 15:21:22 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $newuser -> email )) {
if ( email_is_not_allowed ( $newuser -> email )) {
unset ( $newuser -> email );
}
}
2004-08-31 12:33:20 +00:00
$newuser -> auth = ( empty ( $auth )) ? $CFG -> auth : $auth ;
2002-09-26 07:03:22 +00:00
$newuser -> username = $username ;
2006-03-11 11:26:36 +00:00
update_internal_user_password ( $newuser , $password , false );
2002-10-18 09:00:09 +00:00
$newuser -> lang = $CFG -> lang ;
2002-09-26 07:03:22 +00:00
$newuser -> confirmed = 1 ;
2006-06-09 10:04:43 +00:00
$newuser -> lastip = getremoteaddr ();
2002-09-26 07:03:22 +00:00
$newuser -> timemodified = time ();
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( insert_record ( 'user' , $newuser )) {
2005-04-17 12:08:46 +00:00
$user = get_complete_user_data ( 'username' , $newuser -> username );
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
if ( $CFG -> { 'auth_' . $newuser -> auth . '_forcechangepassword' }){
2005-09-02 06:44:02 +00:00
set_user_preference ( 'auth_forcepasswordchange' , 1 , $user -> id );
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
}
return $user ;
2002-09-26 07:03:22 +00:00
}
return false ;
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Will update a local user record from an external source
*
* @ uses $CFG
* @ param string $username New user ' s username to add to record
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ return user A { @ link $USER } object
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
function update_user_record ( $username ) {
global $CFG ;
if ( function_exists ( 'auth_get_userinfo' )) {
$username = trim ( moodle_strtolower ( $username )); /// just in case check text case
2005-06-09 14:04:38 +00:00
$oldinfo = get_record ( 'user' , 'username' , $username , '' , '' , '' , '' , 'username, auth' );
$authconfig = get_config ( 'auth/' . $oldinfo -> auth );
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
if ( $newinfo = auth_get_userinfo ( $username )) {
2005-09-02 06:44:02 +00:00
$newinfo = truncate_userinfo ( $newinfo );
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
foreach ( $newinfo as $key => $value ){
2005-06-09 14:04:38 +00:00
$confkey = 'field_updatelocal_' . $key ;
if ( ! empty ( $authconfig -> $confkey ) && $authconfig -> $confkey === 'onlogin' ) {
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
$value = addslashes ( stripslashes ( $value )); // Just in case
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
set_field ( 'user' , $key , $value , 'username' , $username )
2005-09-02 06:44:02 +00:00
|| error_log ( " Error updating $key for $username " );
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
}
}
}
}
2005-04-17 12:08:46 +00:00
return get_complete_user_data ( 'username' , $username );
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
}
2004-01-25 09:35:45 +00:00
Auth/LDAP
Bugfix - value truncation to fit Moodle database
- Added truncate_userinfo() to cleanup data coming from external auth
- Fixed auth_user_create() to truncate user info as appropriate
Auth_ldap_user_sync
- created external script that calls the function
- much faster update strategy on postgres and mysql: auth_sync_users now to uses bulk inserts into a temp table, and then use LEFT JOINs and plain old SELECTs to determine what users it has to insert.
- we now loop over smaller sets of data -- we are still memory-bound, but (a) it'll be easy to use LIMIT to manage that and (b) memory use is much lower now in all cases.
- postgres: phased commits in auth_user_sync() for the batch user upload phase
- Several feature and performance enhancements:
- if a value is removed from ldap, it will be cleared from moodle
- no-op updates (where the data does not change) are skipped
- if a user disappears and then reappears in LDAP in two separate calls to auth_user_sync(),the account will be marked deleted and then be revived. before, the account would have been deleted and created anew.
Multi-source ldap values:
The LDAP auth module now accepts a comma separated set of LDAP field names. When creating or updating a user record, auth/ldap will retrieve all the relevant fields. The right-most values overwrites all the others.
This is particularly useful when updating the user's email address from an LDAP source, which may contain the email address in one of several fields (traditionally: mail, mailForwardingAddress, mailAlternateAddress).
If a value is updated and is set to update external auth and this field is using this multi-source ldap configuration, the auth/ldap module will retrieve the old value, find which field it was sourced from, and update that field in LDAP. If it fails to find the original source of the value, it will log it in error_log.
Log of patchsets applied:
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-131
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-137
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-139
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-172
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-173
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-189
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-190
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-208
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-212
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-216
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-279
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-282
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-287
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-294
2004-11-22 07:46:10 +00:00
function truncate_userinfo ( $info ) {
/// will truncate userinfo as it comes from auth_get_userinfo (from external auth)
/// which may have large fields
// define the limits
$limit = array (
'username' => 100 ,
2005-02-15 23:12:57 +00:00
'idnumber' => 64 ,
2006-04-19 08:18:35 +00:00
'firstname' => 100 ,
'lastname' => 100 ,
Auth/LDAP
Bugfix - value truncation to fit Moodle database
- Added truncate_userinfo() to cleanup data coming from external auth
- Fixed auth_user_create() to truncate user info as appropriate
Auth_ldap_user_sync
- created external script that calls the function
- much faster update strategy on postgres and mysql: auth_sync_users now to uses bulk inserts into a temp table, and then use LEFT JOINs and plain old SELECTs to determine what users it has to insert.
- we now loop over smaller sets of data -- we are still memory-bound, but (a) it'll be easy to use LIMIT to manage that and (b) memory use is much lower now in all cases.
- postgres: phased commits in auth_user_sync() for the batch user upload phase
- Several feature and performance enhancements:
- if a value is removed from ldap, it will be cleared from moodle
- no-op updates (where the data does not change) are skipped
- if a user disappears and then reappears in LDAP in two separate calls to auth_user_sync(),the account will be marked deleted and then be revived. before, the account would have been deleted and created anew.
Multi-source ldap values:
The LDAP auth module now accepts a comma separated set of LDAP field names. When creating or updating a user record, auth/ldap will retrieve all the relevant fields. The right-most values overwrites all the others.
This is particularly useful when updating the user's email address from an LDAP source, which may contain the email address in one of several fields (traditionally: mail, mailForwardingAddress, mailAlternateAddress).
If a value is updated and is set to update external auth and this field is using this multi-source ldap configuration, the auth/ldap module will retrieve the old value, find which field it was sourced from, and update that field in LDAP. If it fails to find the original source of the value, it will log it in error_log.
Log of patchsets applied:
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-131
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-137
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-139
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-172
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-173
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-189
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-190
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-208
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-212
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-216
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-279
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-282
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-287
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-294
2004-11-22 07:46:10 +00:00
'email' => 100 ,
'icq' => 15 ,
'phone1' => 20 ,
'phone2' => 20 ,
'institution' => 40 ,
'department' => 30 ,
'address' => 70 ,
'city' => 20 ,
'country' => 2 ,
'url' => 255 ,
);
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
Auth/LDAP
Bugfix - value truncation to fit Moodle database
- Added truncate_userinfo() to cleanup data coming from external auth
- Fixed auth_user_create() to truncate user info as appropriate
Auth_ldap_user_sync
- created external script that calls the function
- much faster update strategy on postgres and mysql: auth_sync_users now to uses bulk inserts into a temp table, and then use LEFT JOINs and plain old SELECTs to determine what users it has to insert.
- we now loop over smaller sets of data -- we are still memory-bound, but (a) it'll be easy to use LIMIT to manage that and (b) memory use is much lower now in all cases.
- postgres: phased commits in auth_user_sync() for the batch user upload phase
- Several feature and performance enhancements:
- if a value is removed from ldap, it will be cleared from moodle
- no-op updates (where the data does not change) are skipped
- if a user disappears and then reappears in LDAP in two separate calls to auth_user_sync(),the account will be marked deleted and then be revived. before, the account would have been deleted and created anew.
Multi-source ldap values:
The LDAP auth module now accepts a comma separated set of LDAP field names. When creating or updating a user record, auth/ldap will retrieve all the relevant fields. The right-most values overwrites all the others.
This is particularly useful when updating the user's email address from an LDAP source, which may contain the email address in one of several fields (traditionally: mail, mailForwardingAddress, mailAlternateAddress).
If a value is updated and is set to update external auth and this field is using this multi-source ldap configuration, the auth/ldap module will retrieve the old value, find which field it was sourced from, and update that field in LDAP. If it fails to find the original source of the value, it will log it in error_log.
Log of patchsets applied:
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-131
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-137
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-139
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-172
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-173
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-189
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-190
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-208
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-212
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-216
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-279
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-282
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-287
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-294
2004-11-22 07:46:10 +00:00
// apply where needed
foreach ( array_keys ( $info ) as $key ) {
if ( ! empty ( $limit [ $key ])) {
2005-02-14 01:30:57 +00:00
$info [ $key ] = trim ( substr ( $info [ $key ], 0 , $limit [ $key ]));
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
}
Auth/LDAP
Bugfix - value truncation to fit Moodle database
- Added truncate_userinfo() to cleanup data coming from external auth
- Fixed auth_user_create() to truncate user info as appropriate
Auth_ldap_user_sync
- created external script that calls the function
- much faster update strategy on postgres and mysql: auth_sync_users now to uses bulk inserts into a temp table, and then use LEFT JOINs and plain old SELECTs to determine what users it has to insert.
- we now loop over smaller sets of data -- we are still memory-bound, but (a) it'll be easy to use LIMIT to manage that and (b) memory use is much lower now in all cases.
- postgres: phased commits in auth_user_sync() for the batch user upload phase
- Several feature and performance enhancements:
- if a value is removed from ldap, it will be cleared from moodle
- no-op updates (where the data does not change) are skipped
- if a user disappears and then reappears in LDAP in two separate calls to auth_user_sync(),the account will be marked deleted and then be revived. before, the account would have been deleted and created anew.
Multi-source ldap values:
The LDAP auth module now accepts a comma separated set of LDAP field names. When creating or updating a user record, auth/ldap will retrieve all the relevant fields. The right-most values overwrites all the others.
This is particularly useful when updating the user's email address from an LDAP source, which may contain the email address in one of several fields (traditionally: mail, mailForwardingAddress, mailAlternateAddress).
If a value is updated and is set to update external auth and this field is using this multi-source ldap configuration, the auth/ldap module will retrieve the old value, find which field it was sourced from, and update that field in LDAP. If it fails to find the original source of the value, it will log it in error_log.
Log of patchsets applied:
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-131
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-137
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-139
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-172
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-173
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-189
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-190
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-208
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-212
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-216
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-279
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-282
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-287
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-294
2004-11-22 07:46:10 +00:00
}
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
Auth/LDAP
Bugfix - value truncation to fit Moodle database
- Added truncate_userinfo() to cleanup data coming from external auth
- Fixed auth_user_create() to truncate user info as appropriate
Auth_ldap_user_sync
- created external script that calls the function
- much faster update strategy on postgres and mysql: auth_sync_users now to uses bulk inserts into a temp table, and then use LEFT JOINs and plain old SELECTs to determine what users it has to insert.
- we now loop over smaller sets of data -- we are still memory-bound, but (a) it'll be easy to use LIMIT to manage that and (b) memory use is much lower now in all cases.
- postgres: phased commits in auth_user_sync() for the batch user upload phase
- Several feature and performance enhancements:
- if a value is removed from ldap, it will be cleared from moodle
- no-op updates (where the data does not change) are skipped
- if a user disappears and then reappears in LDAP in two separate calls to auth_user_sync(),the account will be marked deleted and then be revived. before, the account would have been deleted and created anew.
Multi-source ldap values:
The LDAP auth module now accepts a comma separated set of LDAP field names. When creating or updating a user record, auth/ldap will retrieve all the relevant fields. The right-most values overwrites all the others.
This is particularly useful when updating the user's email address from an LDAP source, which may contain the email address in one of several fields (traditionally: mail, mailForwardingAddress, mailAlternateAddress).
If a value is updated and is set to update external auth and this field is using this multi-source ldap configuration, the auth/ldap module will retrieve the old value, find which field it was sourced from, and update that field in LDAP. If it fails to find the original source of the value, it will log it in error_log.
Log of patchsets applied:
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-131
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-137
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-139
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-172
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-173
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-189
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-190
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-208
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-212
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-216
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-279
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-282
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-287
arch-eduforge@catalyst.net.nz--2004/moodle--eduforge--1.3.3--patch-294
2004-11-22 07:46:10 +00:00
return $info ;
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Retrieve the guest user object
*
* @ uses $CFG
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ return user A { @ link $USER } object
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2004-01-25 09:35:45 +00:00
function guest_user () {
global $CFG ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $newuser = get_record ( 'user' , 'username' , 'guest' )) {
2004-01-25 09:35:45 +00:00
$newuser -> loggedin = true ;
$newuser -> confirmed = 1 ;
$newuser -> site = $CFG -> wwwroot ;
$newuser -> lang = $CFG -> lang ;
2006-06-09 10:04:43 +00:00
$newuser -> lastip = getremoteaddr ();
2004-01-25 09:35:45 +00:00
}
return $newuser ;
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Given a username and password , this function looks them
* up using the currently selected authentication mechanism ,
* and if the authentication is successful , it returns a
* valid $user object from the 'user' table .
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
*
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* Uses auth_ functions from the currently active auth module
*
* @ uses $CFG
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
* @ param string $username User ' s username
* @ param string $password User ' s password
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ return user | flase A { @ link $USER } object or false if error
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2002-09-26 07:03:22 +00:00
function authenticate_user_login ( $username , $password ) {
global $CFG ;
2004-08-29 05:48:15 +00:00
// First try to find the user in the database
2002-11-22 08:43:35 +00:00
2005-04-17 12:08:46 +00:00
if ( ! $user = get_complete_user_data ( 'username' , $username )) {
2005-01-28 16:59:43 +00:00
$user -> id = 0 ; // Not a user
$user -> auth = $CFG -> auth ;
}
2004-08-16 15:41:57 +00:00
2004-08-29 05:48:15 +00:00
// Sort out the authentication method we are using.
2004-08-16 15:41:57 +00:00
2004-08-29 05:48:15 +00:00
if ( empty ( $CFG -> auth )) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$CFG -> auth = 'manual' ; // Default authentication module
2004-08-29 05:48:15 +00:00
}
2004-08-16 15:41:57 +00:00
2004-08-29 05:48:15 +00:00
if ( empty ( $user -> auth )) { // For some reason it isn't set yet
2006-12-30 21:32:53 +00:00
$primadmin = get_admin ();
if ( ! empty ( $user -> id ) && (( $user -> id == $primadmin -> id ) || isguest ( $user -> id ))) {
2004-08-31 12:33:20 +00:00
$auth = 'manual' ; // Always assume these guys are internal
2004-08-29 05:48:15 +00:00
} else {
2004-08-31 12:33:20 +00:00
$auth = $CFG -> auth ; // Normal users default to site method
2004-08-29 05:48:15 +00:00
}
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
// update user record from external DB
if ( $user -> auth != 'manual' && $user -> auth != 'email' ) {
$user = update_user_record ( $username );
}
2004-08-31 12:33:20 +00:00
} else {
$auth = $user -> auth ;
2004-08-29 05:48:15 +00:00
}
2004-09-21 11:41:58 +00:00
2004-09-27 12:52:25 +00:00
if ( detect_munged_arguments ( $auth , 0 )) { // For safety on the next require
return false ;
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( ! file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/auth/' . $auth . '/lib.php' )) {
$auth = 'manual' ; // Can't find auth module, default to internal
2002-11-22 08:43:35 +00:00
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
require_once ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/auth/' . $auth . '/lib.php' );
2002-09-26 07:03:22 +00:00
if ( auth_user_login ( $username , $password )) { // Successful authentication
2005-02-17 09:28:27 +00:00
if ( $user -> id ) { // User already exists in database
2004-08-31 12:33:20 +00:00
if ( empty ( $user -> auth )) { // For some reason auth isn't set yet
set_field ( 'user' , 'auth' , $auth , 'username' , $username );
}
2006-03-11 11:26:36 +00:00
update_internal_user_password ( $user , $password );
2004-09-27 14:35:37 +00:00
if ( ! is_internal_auth ()) { // update user record from external DB
2004-09-20 09:08:57 +00:00
$user = update_user_record ( $username );
}
2002-09-26 07:03:22 +00:00
} else {
2004-08-31 12:33:20 +00:00
$user = create_user_record ( $username , $password , $auth );
2002-09-26 07:03:22 +00:00
}
2006-11-15 03:40:18 +00:00
// fix for MDL-6928
2006-11-01 03:51:04 +00:00
if ( function_exists ( 'auth_iscreator' )) {
$sitecontext = get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_SYSTEM );
if ( $creatorroles = get_roles_with_capability ( 'moodle/legacy:coursecreator' , CAP_ALLOW )) {
$creatorrole = array_shift ( $creatorroles ); // We can only use one, let's use the first one
// Check if the user is a creator
if ( auth_iscreator ( $username )) { // Following calls will not create duplicates
2006-11-21 02:08:59 +00:00
role_assign ( $creatorrole -> id , $user -> id , 0 , $sitecontext -> id , 0 , 0 , 0 , $auth );
2006-11-15 03:40:18 +00:00
} else {
role_unassign ( $creatorrole -> id , $user -> id , 0 , $sitecontext -> id );
2006-11-01 03:51:04 +00:00
}
}
}
2005-07-15 04:26:18 +00:00
/// Log in to a second system if necessary
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> sso )) {
include_once ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/sso/' . $CFG -> sso . '/lib.php' );
if ( function_exists ( 'sso_user_login' )) {
if ( ! sso_user_login ( $username , $password )) { // Perform the signon process
notify ( 'Second sign-on failed' );
}
}
}
2003-03-14 21:34:39 +00:00
return $user ;
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
2003-03-14 21:34:39 +00:00
} else {
2005-05-04 07:06:24 +00:00
add_to_log ( 0 , 'login' , 'error' , 'index.php' , $username );
2005-03-16 22:15:36 +00:00
error_log ( '[client ' . $_SERVER [ 'REMOTE_ADDR' ] . " ] $CFG->wwwroot Failed Login: $username " . $_SERVER [ 'HTTP_USER_AGENT' ]);
2003-03-14 21:34:39 +00:00
return false ;
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
}
2006-03-11 11:26:36 +00:00
/**
2006-04-30 21:02:28 +00:00
* Compare password against hash stored in internal user table .
2006-03-11 11:26:36 +00:00
* If necessary it also updates the stored hash to new format .
*
* @ param object user
* @ param string plain text password
* @ return bool is password valid ?
*/
function validate_internal_user_password ( & $user , $password ) {
global $CFG ;
2006-04-30 21:02:28 +00:00
if ( ! isset ( $CFG -> passwordsaltmain )) {
$CFG -> passwordsaltmain = '' ;
}
2006-03-11 11:26:36 +00:00
$validated = false ;
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
// get password original encoding in case it was not updated to unicode yet
$textlib = textlib_get_instance ();
2006-11-11 17:23:20 +00:00
$convpassword = $textlib -> convert ( $password , 'utf-8' , get_string ( 'oldcharset' ));
2006-03-11 11:26:36 +00:00
2006-04-30 21:02:28 +00:00
if ( $user -> password == md5 ( $password . $CFG -> passwordsaltmain ) or $user -> password == md5 ( $password )
or $user -> password == md5 ( $convpassword . $CFG -> passwordsaltmain ) or $user -> password == md5 ( $convpassword )) {
2006-03-11 11:26:36 +00:00
$validated = true ;
2006-04-30 21:02:28 +00:00
} else {
2006-05-01 21:32:49 +00:00
for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= 20 ; $i ++ ) { //20 alternative salts should be enough, right?
2006-04-30 21:02:28 +00:00
$alt = 'passwordsaltalt' . $i ;
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> $alt )) {
if ( $user -> password == md5 ( $password . $CFG -> $alt ) or $user -> password == md5 ( $convpassword . $CFG -> $alt )) {
$validated = true ;
break ;
}
}
}
2006-03-11 11:26:36 +00:00
}
if ( $validated ) {
2006-04-30 21:02:28 +00:00
// force update of password hash using latest main password salt and encoding if needed
2006-03-11 11:26:36 +00:00
update_internal_user_password ( $user , $password );
}
return $validated ;
}
/**
* Calculate hashed value from password using current hash mechanism .
*
* @ param string password
* @ return string password hash
*/
function hash_internal_user_password ( $password ) {
2006-04-30 21:02:28 +00:00
global $CFG ;
if ( isset ( $CFG -> passwordsaltmain )) {
return md5 ( $password . $CFG -> passwordsaltmain );
} else {
return md5 ( $password );
}
2006-03-11 11:26:36 +00:00
}
/**
* Update pssword hash in user object .
*
* @ param object user
* @ param string plain text password
* @ param bool store changes also in db , default true
* @ return true if hash changed
*/
function update_internal_user_password ( & $user , $password , $storeindb = true ) {
global $CFG ;
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> { $user -> auth . '_preventpassindb' })) {
$hashedpassword = 'not cached' ;
} else {
$hashedpassword = hash_internal_user_password ( $password );
}
if ( $user -> password != $hashedpassword ) {
if ( $storeindb ) {
if ( ! set_field ( 'user' , 'password' , $hashedpassword , 'username' , $user -> username )) {
return false ;
}
}
$user -> password = $hashedpassword ;
}
return true ;
}
2005-04-17 12:08:46 +00:00
/**
* Get a complete user record , which includes all the info
2006-09-16 13:59:38 +00:00
* in the user record
2005-04-17 12:08:46 +00:00
* Intended for setting as $USER session variable
*
* @ uses $CFG
* @ uses SITEID
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
* @ param string $field The user field to be checked for a given value .
2005-04-17 12:08:46 +00:00
* @ param string $value The value to match for $field .
* @ return user A { @ link $USER } object .
*/
function get_complete_user_data ( $field , $value ) {
global $CFG ;
if ( ! $field || ! $value ) {
return false ;
}
/// Get all the basic user data
if ( ! $user = get_record_select ( 'user' , $field . ' = \'' . $value . '\' AND deleted <> \'1\'' )) {
return false ;
}
/// Get various settings and preferences
if ( $displays = get_records ( 'course_display' , 'userid' , $user -> id )) {
foreach ( $displays as $display ) {
$user -> display [ $display -> course ] = $display -> display ;
}
}
if ( $preferences = get_records ( 'user_preferences' , 'userid' , $user -> id )) {
foreach ( $preferences as $preference ) {
$user -> preference [ $preference -> name ] = $preference -> value ;
}
}
2006-10-22 07:42:04 +00:00
if ( $lastaccesses = get_records ( 'user_lastaccess' , 'userid' , $user -> id )) {
foreach ( $lastaccesses as $lastaccess ) {
$user -> lastcourseaccess [ $lastaccess -> courseid ] = $lastaccess -> timeaccess ;
}
}
2005-04-17 12:08:46 +00:00
if ( $groups = get_records ( 'groups_members' , 'userid' , $user -> id )) {
foreach ( $groups as $groupmember ) {
$courseid = get_field ( 'groups' , 'courseid' , 'id' , $groupmember -> groupid );
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
//change this to 2D array so we can put multiple groups in a course
$user -> groupmember [ $courseid ][] = $groupmember -> groupid ;
2005-04-17 12:08:46 +00:00
}
}
/// Rewrite some variables if necessary
if ( ! empty ( $user -> description )) {
$user -> description = true ; // No need to cart all of it around
}
if ( $user -> username == 'guest' ) {
$user -> lang = $CFG -> lang ; // Guest language always same as site
$user -> firstname = get_string ( 'guestuser' ); // Name always in current language
$user -> lastname = ' ' ;
}
$user -> loggedin = true ;
$user -> site = $CFG -> wwwroot ; // for added security, store the site in the session
$user -> sesskey = random_string ( 10 );
$user -> sessionIP = md5 ( getremoteaddr ()); // Store the current IP in the session
return $user ;
}
2006-09-16 13:59:38 +00:00
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
/*
2005-04-17 12:08:46 +00:00
* When logging in , this function is run to set certain preferences
* for the current SESSION
*/
function set_login_session_preferences () {
2005-05-28 06:39:38 +00:00
global $SESSION , $CFG ;
2005-04-17 12:08:46 +00:00
$SESSION -> justloggedin = true ;
unset ( $SESSION -> lang );
// Restore the calendar filters, if saved
if ( intval ( get_user_preferences ( 'calendar_persistflt' , 0 ))) {
include_once ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/calendar/lib.php' );
2005-12-02 02:26:39 +00:00
calendar_set_filters_status ( get_user_preferences ( 'calendav_savedflt' , 0xff ));
2005-04-17 12:08:46 +00:00
}
}
2006-03-02 11:58:43 +00:00
/**
* Delete a course , including all related data from the database ,
* and any associated files from the moodledata folder .
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
*
2006-03-02 11:58:43 +00:00
* @ param int $courseid The id of the course to delete .
* @ param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs .
* @ return bool true if all the removals succeeded . false if there were any failures . If this
* method returns false , some of the removals will probably have succeeded , and others
* failed , but you have no way of knowing which .
*/
function delete_course ( $courseid , $showfeedback = true ) {
global $CFG ;
$result = true ;
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2006-03-02 11:58:43 +00:00
if ( ! remove_course_contents ( $courseid , $showfeedback )) {
if ( $showfeedback ) {
notify ( " An error occurred while deleting some of the course contents. " );
}
$result = false ;
}
if ( ! delete_records ( " course " , " id " , $courseid )) {
if ( $showfeedback ) {
notify ( " An error occurred while deleting the main course record. " );
}
$result = false ;
}
2006-09-23 06:10:48 +00:00
if ( ! delete_records ( 'context' , 'contextlevel' , CONTEXT_COURSE , 'instanceid' , $courseid )) {
2006-09-22 17:49:45 +00:00
if ( $showfeedback ) {
notify ( " An error occurred while deleting the main context record. " );
}
$result = false ;
}
2006-03-02 11:58:43 +00:00
if ( ! fulldelete ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/' . $courseid )) {
if ( $showfeedback ) {
notify ( " An error occurred while deleting the course files. " );
}
$result = false ;
}
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2006-03-02 11:58:43 +00:00
return $result ;
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Clear a course out completely , deleting all content
* but don ' t delete the course itself
*
* @ uses $CFG
2006-03-01 12:15:57 +00:00
* @ param int $courseid The id of the course that is being deleted
* @ param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs .
2006-03-02 11:58:43 +00:00
* @ return bool true if all the removals succeeded . false if there were any failures . If this
* method returns false , some of the removals will probably have succeeded , and others
* failed , but you have no way of knowing which .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
function remove_course_contents ( $courseid , $showfeedback = true ) {
2006-03-01 12:15:57 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
$result = true ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( ! $course = get_record ( 'course' , 'id' , $courseid )) {
error ( 'Course ID was incorrect (can\'t find it)' );
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$strdeleted = get_string ( 'deleted' );
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
2006-09-23 06:10:48 +00:00
/// First delete every instance of every module
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $allmods = get_records ( 'modules' ) ) {
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
foreach ( $allmods as $mod ) {
$modname = $mod -> name ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$modfile = $CFG -> dirroot . '/mod/' . $modname . '/lib.php' ;
$moddelete = $modname . '_delete_instance' ; // Delete everything connected to an instance
$moddeletecourse = $modname . '_delete_course' ; // Delete other stray stuff (uncommon)
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
$count = 0 ;
if ( file_exists ( $modfile )) {
include_once ( $modfile );
if ( function_exists ( $moddelete )) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $instances = get_records ( $modname , 'course' , $course -> id )) {
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
foreach ( $instances as $instance ) {
2006-09-22 17:49:45 +00:00
if ( $cm = get_coursemodule_from_instance ( $modname , $instance -> id , $course -> id )) {
2006-09-23 06:10:48 +00:00
delete_context ( CONTEXT_MODULE , $cm -> id );
2006-09-22 17:49:45 +00:00
}
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
if ( $moddelete ( $instance -> id )) {
$count ++ ;
2006-09-22 17:49:45 +00:00
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
} else {
2005-05-29 17:27:00 +00:00
notify ( 'Could not delete ' . $modname . ' instance ' . $instance -> id . ' (' . format_string ( $instance -> name ) . ')' );
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
$result = false ;
}
}
}
} else {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
notify ( 'Function ' . $moddelete () . 'doesn\'t exist!' );
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
$result = false ;
}
2004-01-21 16:15:03 +00:00
if ( function_exists ( $moddeletecourse )) {
2006-03-21 09:06:34 +00:00
$moddeletecourse ( $course , $showfeedback );
2004-01-21 16:15:03 +00:00
}
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
}
if ( $showfeedback ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
notify ( $strdeleted . ' ' . $count . ' x ' . $modname );
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
}
}
} else {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
error ( 'No modules are installed!' );
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
}
2006-09-23 06:10:48 +00:00
/// Give local code a chance to delete its references to this course.
2006-03-06 12:19:58 +00:00
require_once ( 'locallib.php' );
notify_local_delete_course ( $courseid , $showfeedback );
2006-09-23 06:10:48 +00:00
/// Delete course blocks
2006-10-04 02:43:11 +00:00
if ( $blocks = get_records_sql ( " SELECT *
FROM { $CFG -> prefix } block_instance
WHERE pagetype = '".PAGE_COURSE_VIEW."'
AND pageid = $course -> id " )) {
2006-09-22 17:49:45 +00:00
if ( delete_records ( 'block_instance' , 'pagetype' , PAGE_COURSE_VIEW , 'pageid' , $course -> id )) {
if ( $showfeedback ) {
notify ( $strdeleted . ' block_instance' );
}
2006-09-23 06:10:48 +00:00
foreach ( $blocks as $block ) { /// Delete any associated contexts for this block
delete_context ( CONTEXT_BLOCK , $block -> id );
}
} else {
$result = false ;
}
}
/// Delete any groups
if ( $groups = get_records ( 'groups' , 'courseid' , $course -> id )) {
if ( delete_records ( 'groups' , 'courseid' , $course -> id )) {
if ( $showfeedback ) {
notify ( $strdeleted . ' groups' );
}
foreach ( $groups as $group ) {
if ( delete_records ( 'groups_members' , 'groupid' , $group -> id )) {
if ( $showfeedback ) {
notify ( $strdeleted . ' groups_members' );
}
} else {
$result = false ;
}
/// Delete any associated context for this group
delete_context ( CONTEXT_GROUP , $group -> id );
}
2006-09-22 17:49:45 +00:00
} else {
$result = false ;
2005-02-28 04:35:32 +00:00
}
}
2006-09-23 06:10:48 +00:00
/// Delete all related records in other tables that may have a courseid
/// This array stores the tables that need to be cleared, as
/// table_name => column_name that contains the course id.
2006-03-08 16:10:24 +00:00
$tablestoclear = array (
'event' => 'courseid' , // Delete events
'log' => 'course' , // Delete logs
'course_sections' => 'course' , // Delete any course stuff
'course_modules' => 'course' ,
'grade_category' => 'courseid' , // Delete gradebook stuff
'grade_exceptions' => 'courseid' ,
'grade_item' => 'courseid' ,
'grade_letter' => 'courseid' ,
'grade_preferences' => 'courseid'
);
foreach ( $tablestoclear as $table => $col ) {
if ( delete_records ( $table , $col , $course -> id )) {
if ( $showfeedback ) {
notify ( $strdeleted . ' ' . $table );
}
} else {
$result = false ;
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
}
}
2006-09-23 06:10:48 +00:00
/// Clean up metacourse stuff
2004-02-15 05:08:00 +00:00
2005-01-25 04:33:02 +00:00
if ( $course -> metacourse ) {
delete_records ( " course_meta " , " parent_course " , $course -> id );
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
sync_metacourse ( $course -> id ); // have to do it here so the enrolments get nuked. sync_metacourses won't find it without the id.
if ( $showfeedback ) {
2005-01-25 04:33:02 +00:00
notify ( " $strdeleted course_meta " );
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
}
2005-03-13 13:50:23 +00:00
} else {
2005-01-25 04:33:02 +00:00
if ( $parents = get_records ( " course_meta " , " child_course " , $course -> id )) {
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
foreach ( $parents as $parent ) {
remove_from_metacourse ( $parent -> parent_course , $parent -> child_course ); // this will do the unenrolments as well.
}
if ( $showfeedback ) {
2005-01-25 04:33:02 +00:00
notify ( " $strdeleted course_meta " );
2005-01-24 22:21:28 +00:00
}
}
}
2006-09-23 06:10:48 +00:00
/// Delete questions and question categories
2006-03-21 09:06:34 +00:00
include_once ( $CFG -> libdir . '/questionlib.php' );
question_delete_course ( $course , $showfeedback );
2006-09-23 06:10:48 +00:00
/// Delete all roles and overiddes in the course context (but keep the course context)
2006-10-30 06:34:14 +00:00
if ( $courseid != SITEID ) {
delete_context ( CONTEXT_COURSE , $course -> id );
}
2003-08-02 11:32:59 +00:00
return $result ;
}
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
* This function will empty a course of USER data as much as
/// possible. It will retain the activities and the structure
/// of the course.
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
* @ uses $USER
* @ uses $SESSION
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
* @ param object $data an object containing all the boolean settings and courseid
* @ param bool $showfeedback if false then do it all silently
* @ return bool
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
function reset_course_userdata ( $data , $showfeedback = true ) {
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
global $CFG , $USER , $SESSION ;
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
$result = true ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$strdeleted = get_string ( 'deleted' );
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
// Look in every instance of every module for data to delete
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $allmods = get_records ( 'modules' ) ) {
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
foreach ( $allmods as $mod ) {
$modname = $mod -> name ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$modfile = $CFG -> dirroot . '/mod/' . $modname . '/lib.php' ;
$moddeleteuserdata = $modname . '_delete_userdata' ; // Function to delete user data
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $modfile )) {
@ include_once ( $modfile );
if ( function_exists ( $moddeleteuserdata )) {
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
$moddeleteuserdata ( $data , $showfeedback );
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
}
}
}
} else {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
error ( 'No modules are installed!' );
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
}
// Delete other stuff
2006-10-18 09:20:16 +00:00
$coursecontext = get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_COURSE , $data -> courseid );
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
2006-10-18 09:20:16 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $data -> reset_students ) or ! empty ( $data -> reset_teachers )) {
$teachers = array_keys ( get_users_by_capability ( $coursecontext , 'moodle/course:update' ));
$participants = array_keys ( get_users_by_capability ( $coursecontext , 'moodle/course:view' ));
$students = array_diff ( $participants , $teachers );
if ( ! empty ( $data -> reset_students )) {
foreach ( $students as $studentid ) {
role_unassign ( 0 , $studentid , 0 , $coursecontext -> id );
}
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
if ( $showfeedback ) {
2006-10-18 09:20:16 +00:00
notify ( $strdeleted . ' ' . get_string ( 'students' ), 'notifysuccess' );
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
}
2006-09-19 01:44:33 +00:00
2006-10-18 09:20:16 +00:00
/// Delete group members (but keep the groups)
if ( $groups = get_records ( 'groups' , 'courseid' , $data -> courseid )) {
foreach ( $groups as $group ) {
if ( delete_records ( 'groups_members' , 'groupid' , $group -> id )) {
if ( $showfeedback ) {
notify ( $strdeleted . ' groups_members' , 'notifysuccess' );
}
} else {
$result = false ;
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
}
}
}
}
2006-10-18 09:20:16 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $data -> reset_teachers )) {
foreach ( $teachers as $teacherid ) {
role_unassign ( 0 , $teacherid , 0 , $coursecontext -> id );
}
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
if ( $showfeedback ) {
2006-10-18 09:20:16 +00:00
notify ( $strdeleted . ' ' . get_string ( 'teachers' ), 'notifysuccess' );
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
}
}
}
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $data -> reset_groups )) {
if ( $groups = get_records ( 'groups' , 'courseid' , $data -> courseid )) {
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
foreach ( $groups as $group ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( delete_records ( 'groups' , 'id' , $group -> id )) {
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
if ( $showfeedback ) {
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
notify ( $strdeleted . ' groups' , 'notifysuccess' );
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
}
} else {
$result = false ;
}
}
}
}
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $data -> reset_events )) {
if ( delete_records ( 'event' , 'courseid' , $data -> courseid )) {
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
if ( $showfeedback ) {
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
notify ( $strdeleted . ' event' , 'notifysuccess' );
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
}
} else {
$result = false ;
}
}
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $data -> reset_logs )) {
if ( delete_records ( 'log' , 'course' , $data -> courseid )) {
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
if ( $showfeedback ) {
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
notify ( $strdeleted . ' log' , 'notifysuccess' );
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
}
} else {
$result = false ;
}
}
2006-09-14 09:08:07 +00:00
// deletes all role assignments, and local override, these have no courseid in table and needs separate process
2006-09-20 16:19:57 +00:00
$context = get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_COURSE , $data -> courseid );
2006-10-17 21:41:24 +00:00
delete_records ( 'role_capabilities' , 'contextid' , $context -> id );
2006-10-18 09:20:16 +00:00
2004-08-01 07:34:39 +00:00
return $result ;
}
2006-03-21 07:34:33 +00:00
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
/// GROUPS /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
/**
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* Determines if the user a member of the given group
*
* @ uses $USER
* @ param int $groupid The group to check the membership of
* @ param int $userid The user to check against the group
* @ return bool
*/
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
function ismember ( $groupid , $userid = 0 ) {
global $USER ;
2004-01-26 09:12:52 +00:00
if ( ! $groupid ) { // No point doing further checks
return false ;
}
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
//if groupid is supplied in array format
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
if ( ! $userid ) {
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
if ( empty ( $USER -> groupmember )) {
return false ;
}
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
//changed too for multiple groups
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
foreach ( $USER -> groupmember as $courseid => $mgroupid ) {
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
//need to loop one more time...
2006-01-17 04:29:33 +00:00
if ( is_array ( $mgroupid )) {
foreach ( $mgroupid as $index => $mygroupid ) {
if ( $mygroupid == $groupid ) {
return true ;
}
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
}
2006-04-22 16:45:12 +00:00
} else if ( $mgroupid == $groupid ) {
2006-01-17 04:29:33 +00:00
return true ;
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
}
2006-01-17 04:29:33 +00:00
}
return false ;
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
}
if ( is_array ( $groupid )){
foreach ( $groupid as $index => $val ){
if ( record_exists ( 'groups_members' , 'groupid' , $val , 'userid' , $userid )){
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
return true ;
}
}
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
}
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
else {
return record_exists ( 'groups_members' , 'groupid' , $groupid , 'userid' , $userid );
}
return false ;
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
//else group id is in single format
//return record_exists('groups_members', 'groupid', $groupid, 'userid', $userid);
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
}
2004-12-14 08:05:49 +00:00
/**
* Add a user to a group , return true upon success or if user already a group member
*
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* @ param int $groupid The group id to add user to
* @ param int $userid The user id to add to the group
* @ return bool
2004-12-14 08:05:49 +00:00
*/
function add_user_to_group ( $groupid , $userid ) {
if ( ismember ( $groupid , $userid )) return true ;
$record -> groupid = $groupid ;
$record -> userid = $userid ;
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
$record -> timeadded = time ();
2004-12-14 08:05:49 +00:00
return ( insert_record ( 'groups_members' , $record ) !== false );
}
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
/**
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* Get the group ID of the current user in the given course
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
*
* @ uses $USER
* @ param int $courseid The course being examined - relates to id field in 'course' table .
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* @ return int
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
*/
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
function mygroupid ( $courseid ) {
global $USER ;
if ( empty ( $USER -> groupmember [ $courseid ])) {
return 0 ;
} else {
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
//this is an array of ids >.<
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
return $USER -> groupmember [ $courseid ];
}
}
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* For a given course , and possibly course module , determine
* what the current default groupmode is :
* NOGROUPS , SEPARATEGROUPS or VISIBLEGROUPS
*
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ param course $course A { @ link $COURSE } object
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* @ param object $cm A course module object
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ return int A group mode ( NOGROUPS , SEPARATEGROUPS or VISIBLEGROUPS )
*/
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
function groupmode ( $course , $cm = null ) {
if ( $cm and ! $course -> groupmodeforce ) {
return $cm -> groupmode ;
}
return $course -> groupmode ;
}
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Sets the current group in the session variable
*
* @ uses $SESSION
* @ param int $courseid The course being examined - relates to id field in 'course' table .
* @ param int $groupid The group being examined .
* @ return int Current group id which was set by this function
*/
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
function set_current_group ( $courseid , $groupid ) {
global $SESSION ;
return $SESSION -> currentgroup [ $courseid ] = $groupid ;
}
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Gets the current group for the current user as an id or an object
*
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ uses $USER
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $SESSION
* @ param int $courseid The course being examined - relates to id field in 'course' table .
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ param bool $full If true , the return value is a full record object . If false , just the id of the record .
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
*/
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
function get_current_group ( $courseid , $full = false ) {
global $SESSION , $USER ;
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2004-08-04 12:32:43 +00:00
if ( ! isset ( $SESSION -> currentgroup [ $courseid ])) {
2006-09-06 08:55:23 +00:00
if ( empty ( $USER -> groupmember [ $courseid ]) or has_capability ( 'moodle/site:accessallgroups' , get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_COURSE , $courseid ))) {
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2004-01-26 09:12:52 +00:00
return 0 ;
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
} else {
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
//trying to add a hack >.<, always first select the first one in list
$SESSION -> currentgroup [ $courseid ] = $USER -> groupmember [ $courseid ][ 0 ];
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
}
}
if ( $full ) {
2003-12-30 18:07:09 +00:00
return get_record ( 'groups' , 'id' , $SESSION -> currentgroup [ $courseid ]);
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
} else {
return $SESSION -> currentgroup [ $courseid ];
}
}
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* A combination function to make it easier for modules
* to set up groups .
*
* It will use a given " groupid " parameter and try to use
* that to reset the current group for the user .
*
* @ uses VISIBLEGROUPS
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ param course $course A { @ link $COURSE } object
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $groupmode Either NOGROUPS , SEPARATEGROUPS or VISIBLEGROUPS
* @ param int $groupid Will try to use this optional parameter to
* reset the current group for the user
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ return int | false Returns the current group id or false if error .
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
*/
2004-02-19 17:56:52 +00:00
function get_and_set_current_group ( $course , $groupmode , $groupid =- 1 ) {
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
if ( ! $groupmode ) { // Groups don't even apply
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
return false ;
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
}
$currentgroupid = get_current_group ( $course -> id );
2004-02-19 17:56:52 +00:00
if ( $groupid < 0 ) { // No change was specified
return $currentgroupid ;
}
if ( $groupid ) { // Try to change the current group to this groupid
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
if ( $group = get_record ( 'groups' , 'id' , $groupid , 'courseid' , $course -> id )) { // Exists
2006-09-06 08:55:23 +00:00
if ( has_capability ( 'moodle/site:accessallgroups' , get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_COURSE , $course -> id ))) { // Sets current default group
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
$currentgroupid = set_current_group ( $course -> id , $group -> id );
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
} else if ( $groupmode == VISIBLEGROUPS ) {
// All groups are visible
//if (ismember($group->id)){
$currentgroupid = set_current_group ( $course -> id , $group -> id ); //set this since he might post
/* )} else {
$currentgroupid = $group -> id ; */
} else if ( $groupmode == SEPARATEGROUPS ) { // student in separate groups switching
if ( ismember ( $group -> id )){ //check if is a member
$currentgroupid = set_current_group ( $course -> id , $group -> id ); //might need to set_current_group?
}
else {
echo ( $group -> id );
notify ( 'you do not belong to this group!' , error );
}
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
}
}
2004-02-19 17:56:52 +00:00
} else { // When groupid = 0 it means show ALL groups
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
//this is changed, non editting teacher needs access to group 0 as well, for viewing work in visible groups (need to set current group for multiple pages)
2006-09-06 08:55:23 +00:00
if ( has_capability ( 'moodle/site:accessallgroups' , get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_COURSE , $course -> id )) AND ( $groupmode == VISIBLEGROUPS )) { // Sets current default group
2004-02-19 17:56:52 +00:00
$currentgroupid = set_current_group ( $course -> id , 0 );
} else if ( $groupmode == VISIBLEGROUPS ) { // All groups are visible
$currentgroupid = 0 ;
}
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
}
return $currentgroupid ;
}
2004-02-15 07:13:08 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* A big combination function to make it easier for modules
* to set up groups .
*
* Terminates if the current user shouldn ' t be looking at this group
* Otherwise returns the current group if there is one
* Otherwise returns false if groups aren ' t relevant
*
* @ uses SEPARATEGROUPS
* @ uses VISIBLEGROUPS
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ param course $course A { @ link $COURSE } object
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $groupmode Either NOGROUPS , SEPARATEGROUPS or VISIBLEGROUPS
* @ param string $urlroot ?
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* @ return int | false
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
*/
2004-02-15 07:13:08 +00:00
function setup_and_print_groups ( $course , $groupmode , $urlroot ) {
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
global $USER , $SESSION ; //needs his id, need to hack his groups in session
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2006-07-03 21:11:17 +00:00
$changegroup = optional_param ( 'group' , - 1 , PARAM_INT );
2004-02-19 17:56:52 +00:00
$currentgroup = get_and_set_current_group ( $course , $groupmode , $changegroup );
if ( $currentgroup === false ) {
2004-02-15 07:13:08 +00:00
return false ;
}
2006-09-06 08:55:23 +00:00
if ( $groupmode == SEPARATEGROUPS and ! has_capability ( 'moodle/site:accessallgroups' , get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_COURSE , $course -> id )) and ! $currentgroup ) {
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
//we are in separate groups and the current group is group 0, as last set.
//this can mean that either, this guy has no group
//or, this guy just came from a visible all forum, and he left when he set his current group to 0 (show all)
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
//for the second situation, we need to perform the trick and get him a group.
$courseid = $course -> id ;
if ( ! empty ( $USER -> groupmember [ $courseid ])){
$currentgroup = get_and_set_current_group ( $course , $groupmode , $USER -> groupmember [ $courseid ][ 0 ]);
}
else { //else he has no group in this course
print_heading ( get_string ( 'notingroup' ));
print_footer ( $course );
exit ;
}
2004-02-15 07:13:08 +00:00
}
2006-09-06 08:55:23 +00:00
if ( $groupmode == VISIBLEGROUPS or ( $groupmode and has_capability ( 'moodle/site:accessallgroups' , get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_COURSE , $course -> id )))) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $groups = get_records_menu ( 'groups' , 'courseid' , $course -> id , 'name ASC' , 'id,name' )) {
2004-02-19 17:56:52 +00:00
echo '<div align="center">' ;
2004-02-15 07:13:08 +00:00
print_group_menu ( $groups , $groupmode , $currentgroup , $urlroot );
2004-02-19 17:56:52 +00:00
echo '</div>' ;
2004-02-15 07:13:08 +00:00
}
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
} //added code here to allow non-editting teacher to swap in-between his own groups
//added code for students in separategrous to swtich groups
2006-09-06 08:55:23 +00:00
else if ( $groupmode == SEPARATEGROUPS and has_capability ( 'moodle/course:view' , get_context_instance ( CONTEXT_COURSE , $course -> id ))) {
2005-11-08 07:19:27 +00:00
$validgroups = array ();
//get all the groups this guy is in in this course
if ( $p = user_group ( $course -> id , $USER -> id )){
//extract the name and id for the group
foreach ( $p as $index => $object ){
$validgroups [ $object -> id ] = $object -> name ;
}
echo '<div align="center">' ;
//print them in the menu
print_group_menu ( $validgroups , $groupmode , $currentgroup , $urlroot , 0 );
echo '</div>' ;
}
2004-02-15 07:13:08 +00:00
}
return $currentgroup ;
}
2004-01-11 17:44:46 +00:00
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
function generate_email_processing_address ( $modid , $modargs ) {
global $CFG ;
2005-02-10 07:53:52 +00:00
if ( empty ( $CFG -> siteidentifier )) { // Unique site identification code
set_config ( 'siteidentifier' , random_string ( 32 ));
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
}
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
$header = $CFG -> mailprefix . substr ( base64_encode ( pack ( 'C' , $modid )), 0 , 2 ) . $modargs ;
2005-05-30 23:26:17 +00:00
return $header . substr ( md5 ( $header . $CFG -> siteidentifier ), 0 , 16 ) . '@' . $CFG -> maildomain ;
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
}
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
function moodle_process_email ( $modargs , $body ) {
// the first char should be an unencoded letter. We'll take this as an action
switch ( $modargs { 0 }) {
case 'B' : { // bounce
list (, $userid ) = unpack ( 'V' , base64_decode ( substr ( $modargs , 1 , 8 )));
if ( $user = get_record_select ( " user " , " id= $userid " , " id,email " )) {
// check the half md5 of their email
$md5check = substr ( md5 ( $user -> email ), 0 , 16 );
2005-06-13 00:17:16 +00:00
if ( $md5check == substr ( $modargs , - 16 )) {
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
set_bounce_count ( $user );
}
// else maybe they've already changed it?
}
}
break ;
// maybe more later?
}
}
2003-12-30 17:18:06 +00:00
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
/// CORRESPONDENCE ////////////////////////////////////////////////
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Send an email to a specified user
*
* @ uses $CFG
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ uses $FULLME
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses SITEID
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ param user $user A { @ link $USER } object
* @ param user $from A { @ link $USER } object
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ param string $subject plain text subject line of the email
* @ param string $messagetext plain text version of the message
* @ param string $messagehtml complete html version of the message ( optional )
* @ param string $attachment a file on the filesystem , relative to $CFG -> dataroot
* @ param string $attachname the name of the file ( extension indicates MIME )
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ param bool $usetrueaddress determines whether $from email address should
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* be sent out . Will be overruled by user profile setting for maildisplay
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool | string Returns " true " if mail was sent OK , " emailstop " if email
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* was blocked by user and " false " if there was another sort of error .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2006-05-25 06:34:33 +00:00
function email_to_user ( $user , $from , $subject , $messagetext , $messagehtml = '' , $attachment = '' , $attachname = '' , $usetrueaddress = true , $replyto = '' , $replytoname = '' ) {
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-12-12 06:49:26 +00:00
global $CFG , $FULLME ;
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-02-09 08:49:54 +00:00
global $course ; // This is a bit of an ugly hack to be gotten rid of later
if ( ! empty ( $course -> lang )) { // Course language is defined
$CFG -> courselang = $course -> lang ;
}
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $course -> theme )) { // Course theme is defined
2005-02-10 10:28:27 +00:00
$CFG -> coursetheme = $course -> theme ;
}
2004-02-09 08:49:54 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
include_once ( $CFG -> libdir . '/phpmailer/class.phpmailer.php' );
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2006-03-18 17:48:52 +00:00
/// We are going to use textlib services here
$textlib = textlib_get_instance ();
2004-02-20 10:27:24 +00:00
if ( empty ( $user )) {
return false ;
}
if ( ! empty ( $user -> emailstop )) {
2004-08-03 04:03:01 +00:00
return 'emailstop' ;
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
}
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
if ( over_bounce_threshold ( $user )) {
error_log ( " User $user->id ( " . fullname ( $user ) . " ) is over bounce threshold! Not sending. " );
return false ;
}
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
$mail = new phpmailer ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$mail -> Version = 'Moodle ' . $CFG -> version ; // mailer version
$mail -> PluginDir = $CFG -> libdir . '/phpmailer/' ; // plugin directory (eg smtp plugin)
2002-09-21 08:39:54 +00:00
2006-11-11 17:23:20 +00:00
$mail -> CharSet = 'utf-8' ;
2002-11-14 11:45:14 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $CFG -> smtphosts == 'qmail' ) {
2003-11-28 10:57:58 +00:00
$mail -> IsQmail (); // use Qmail system
} else if ( empty ( $CFG -> smtphosts )) {
$mail -> IsMail (); // use PHP mail() = sendmail
} else {
2002-06-07 03:57:38 +00:00
$mail -> IsSMTP (); // use SMTP directly
2006-09-13 09:45:07 +00:00
if ( debugging ()) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
echo '<pre>' . " \n " ;
2003-10-28 14:35:00 +00:00
$mail -> SMTPDebug = true ;
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$mail -> Host = $CFG -> smtphosts ; // specify main and backup servers
2002-11-05 06:06:18 +00:00
if ( $CFG -> smtpuser ) { // Use SMTP authentication
$mail -> SMTPAuth = true ;
$mail -> Username = $CFG -> smtpuser ;
$mail -> Password = $CFG -> smtppass ;
}
2002-06-06 15:21:30 +00:00
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2003-07-27 13:14:00 +00:00
$adminuser = get_admin ();
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
// make up an email address for handling bounces
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> handlebounces )) {
$modargs = 'B' . base64_encode ( pack ( 'V' , $user -> id )) . substr ( md5 ( $user -> email ), 0 , 16 );
$mail -> Sender = generate_email_processing_address ( 0 , $modargs );
}
else {
$mail -> Sender = $adminuser -> email ;
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
}
2003-07-27 13:14:00 +00:00
2004-06-25 07:38:44 +00:00
if ( is_string ( $from )) { // So we can pass whatever we want if there is need
$mail -> From = $CFG -> noreplyaddress ;
2004-06-29 07:01:34 +00:00
$mail -> FromName = $from ;
2004-06-25 07:38:44 +00:00
} else if ( $usetrueaddress and $from -> maildisplay ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$mail -> From = $from -> email ;
2004-06-06 12:49:55 +00:00
$mail -> FromName = fullname ( $from );
} else {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$mail -> From = $CFG -> noreplyaddress ;
2004-06-29 07:01:34 +00:00
$mail -> FromName = fullname ( $from );
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
if ( empty ( $replyto )) {
$mail -> AddReplyTo ( $CFG -> noreplyaddress , get_string ( 'noreplyname' ));
}
2004-06-06 12:49:55 +00:00
}
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $replyto )) {
$mail -> AddReplyTo ( $replyto , $replytoname );
}
2005-05-30 18:10:57 +00:00
$mail -> Subject = substr ( stripslashes ( $subject ), 0 , 900 );
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$mail -> AddAddress ( $user -> email , fullname ( $user ) );
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-05-13 03:09:47 +00:00
$mail -> WordWrap = 79 ; // set word wrap
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-09-07 14:04:33 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $from -> customheaders )) { // Add custom headers
if ( is_array ( $from -> customheaders )) {
foreach ( $from -> customheaders as $customheader ) {
$mail -> AddCustomHeader ( $customheader );
}
} else {
$mail -> AddCustomHeader ( $from -> customheaders );
}
2004-05-07 03:29:11 +00:00
}
2004-09-21 11:41:58 +00:00
2005-03-02 17:56:46 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $from -> priority )) {
$mail -> Priority = $from -> priority ;
}
2005-02-05 01:36:55 +00:00
if ( $messagehtml && $user -> mailformat == 1 ) { // Don't ever send HTML to users who don't want it
2002-05-24 06:38:37 +00:00
$mail -> IsHTML ( true );
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$mail -> Encoding = 'quoted-printable' ; // Encoding to use
2002-05-24 06:38:37 +00:00
$mail -> Body = $messagehtml ;
2002-06-07 03:54:39 +00:00
$mail -> AltBody = " \n $messagetext\n " ;
2002-05-24 06:38:37 +00:00
} else {
$mail -> IsHTML ( false );
2002-06-07 03:54:39 +00:00
$mail -> Body = " \n $messagetext\n " ;
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
}
2002-05-24 06:38:37 +00:00
if ( $attachment && $attachname ) {
if ( ereg ( " \\ . \\ . " , $attachment )) { // Security check for ".." in dir path
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$mail -> AddAddress ( $adminuser -> email , fullname ( $adminuser ) );
$mail -> AddStringAttachment ( 'Error in attachment. User attempted to attach a filename with a unsafe name.' , 'error.txt' , '8bit' , 'text/plain' );
2002-05-24 06:38:37 +00:00
} else {
2005-03-07 11:32:03 +00:00
require_once ( $CFG -> libdir . '/filelib.php' );
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$mimetype = mimeinfo ( 'type' , $attachname );
$mail -> AddAttachment ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/' . $attachment , $attachname , 'base64' , $mimetype );
2002-05-24 06:38:37 +00:00
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
}
2006-03-18 17:48:52 +00:00
/// If we are running under Unicode and sitemailcharset or allowusermailcharset are set, convert the email
/// encoding to the specified one
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
if (( ! empty ( $CFG -> sitemailcharset ) || ! empty ( $CFG -> allowusermailcharset ))) {
2006-03-18 17:48:52 +00:00
/// Set it to site mail charset
$charset = $CFG -> sitemailcharset ;
/// Overwrite it with the user mail charset
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> allowusermailcharset )) {
if ( $useremailcharset = get_user_preferences ( 'mailcharset' , '0' , $user -> id )) {
$charset = $useremailcharset ;
}
}
/// If it has changed, convert all the necessary strings
if ( $mail -> CharSet != $charset ) {
/// Save the new mail charset
$mail -> CharSet = $charset ;
/// And convert some strings
$mail -> FromName = $textlib -> convert ( $mail -> FromName , 'utf-8' , $mail -> CharSet ); //From Name
foreach ( $mail -> ReplyTo as $key => $rt ) { //ReplyTo Names
$mail -> ReplyTo [ $key ][ 1 ] = $textlib -> convert ( $rt , 'utf-8' , $mail -> CharSet );
}
$mail -> Subject = $textlib -> convert ( $mail -> Subject , 'utf-8' , $mail -> CharSet ); //Subject
foreach ( $mail -> to as $key => $to ) {
$mail -> to [ $key ][ 1 ] = $textlib -> convert ( $to , 'utf-8' , $mail -> CharSet ); //To Names
}
$mail -> Body = $textlib -> convert ( $mail -> Body , 'utf-8' , $mail -> CharSet ); //Body
$mail -> AltBody = $textlib -> convert ( $mail -> AltBody , 'utf-8' , $mail -> CharSet ); //Subject
}
}
2002-05-24 06:38:37 +00:00
if ( $mail -> Send ()) {
First cut of email to module (or core) processing.
This patch contains:
* email_to_user will set the envelope sender to a special bounce processing address (based on $CFG settings)
* email_to_user will accept (and set) a reply-to header, to be generated by the module calling the function.
* new functions:
* generate_email_processing_address - ALWAYS use this to generate the reply-to header. reply-to header will look like this:
(LIMIT: 64 chars total)
prefix - EXACTLY four chars
encodeded, packed, moduleid (0 for core) (2 chars)
up to 42 chars for the modules to put anything they want it (can contain userid (or, eg for forum, postids to reply to), or anything really. 42 chars is ABSOLUTE LIMIT)
16 char hash (half an md5) of the first part of the address, together with a site "secret"
* moodle_process_email - any non-module email processing goes here (currently used for processing bounces)
* bounce handling:
* config settings for bounce threshold and ratio (and whether to handle bounces at all)
* if too many bounces occur against any given user, user_not_fully_set_up will force an email address change
* associated functions (over_bounce_threshold, set_send_count, set_bounce_count)
* handling emails to noreply address (see below)
* new script - admin/process_email.php
This script needs to be called from your mail program for anything starting with the 4 char prefix described above (and optionally, the noreply address)
It will bounce emails to the noreplyaddress, with a friendly "this is not a real email address" message
It will break down and unencode the email address into moduleid and validate the half md5 hash, and call $modname_process_email (if it exists). Arguments to these functions are: $modargs (any part of the email address that isn't the prefix, modid or the hash) and the contents of the email (read from STDIN).
* associated string changes/additions
* changes in config-dist.php to give clues as to how to set this up.
MODULE WRITERS!
take a look at new functions moodle_process_email and generate_email_processing_address in moodlelib.php for ideas about how to
* encode and unencode the arguments your module needs to do the processing
* how to deal with multiple "actions" for any given module.
Martin Langhoff <martin@catalyst.net.nz> will be writing up some PROPER documentation, containing amongst other things config settings for different mail servers (this was developed against Postfix). Feel free to email me with any feedback on the code or design, penny@catalyst.net.nz. Or post on the developer fourm.
2005-02-08 02:57:14 +00:00
set_send_count ( $user );
2002-05-24 06:38:37 +00:00
return true ;
} else {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
mtrace ( 'ERROR: ' . $mail -> ErrorInfo );
2004-12-12 06:49:26 +00:00
add_to_log ( SITEID , 'library' , 'mailer' , $FULLME , 'ERROR: ' . $mail -> ErrorInfo );
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
return false ;
}
}
2006-01-16 02:51:02 +00:00
/**
* Sets specified user ' s password and send the new password to the user via email .
*
* @ uses $CFG
* @ param user $user A { @ link $USER } object
* @ return boolean | string Returns " true " if mail was sent OK , " emailstop " if email
* was blocked by user and " false " if there was another sort of error .
*/
function setnew_password_and_mail ( $user ) {
global $CFG ;
$site = get_site ();
$from = get_admin ();
$newpassword = generate_password ();
if ( ! set_field ( 'user' , 'password' , md5 ( $newpassword ), 'id' , $user -> id ) ) {
trigger_error ( 'Could not set user password!' );
return false ;
}
$a -> firstname = $user -> firstname ;
$a -> sitename = $site -> fullname ;
$a -> username = $user -> username ;
$a -> newpassword = $newpassword ;
$a -> link = $CFG -> wwwroot . '/login/' ;
$a -> signoff = fullname ( $from , true ) . ' (' . $from -> email . ')' ;
$message = get_string ( 'newusernewpasswordtext' , '' , $a );
$subject = $site -> fullname . ': ' . get_string ( 'newusernewpasswordsubj' );
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2006-01-16 02:51:02 +00:00
return email_to_user ( $user , $from , $subject , $message );
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Resets specified user ' s password and send the new password to the user via email .
*
* @ uses $CFG
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ param user $user A { @ link $USER } object
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool | string Returns " true " if mail was sent OK , " emailstop " if email
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* was blocked by user and " false " if there was another sort of error .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
function reset_password_and_mail ( $user ) {
global $CFG ;
$site = get_site ();
$from = get_admin ();
2005-08-15 23:19:58 +00:00
$external = false ;
if ( ! is_internal_auth ( $user -> auth )) {
include_once ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/auth/' . $user -> auth . '/lib.php' );
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
if ( empty ( $CFG -> { 'auth_' . $user -> auth . '_stdchangepassword' })
2005-08-15 23:19:58 +00:00
|| ! function_exists ( 'auth_user_update_password' )) {
trigger_error ( " Attempt to reset user password for user $user->username with Auth $user->auth . " );
return false ;
} else {
$external = true ;
}
}
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
$newpassword = generate_password ();
2005-08-15 23:19:58 +00:00
if ( $external ) {
if ( ! auth_user_update_password ( $user -> username , $newpassword )) {
error ( " Could not set user password! " );
}
} else {
if ( ! set_field ( " user " , " password " , md5 ( $newpassword ), " id " , $user -> id ) ) {
error ( " Could not set user password! " );
}
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
}
$a -> firstname = $user -> firstname ;
$a -> sitename = $site -> fullname ;
$a -> username = $user -> username ;
$a -> newpassword = $newpassword ;
2005-07-15 00:04:51 +00:00
$a -> link = $CFG -> httpswwwroot . '/login/change_password.php' ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$a -> signoff = fullname ( $from , true ) . ' (' . $from -> email . ')' ;
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$message = get_string ( 'newpasswordtext' , '' , $a );
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$subject = $site -> fullname . ': ' . get_string ( 'changedpassword' );
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
return email_to_user ( $user , $from , $subject , $message );
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Send email to specified user with confirmation text and activation link .
*
* @ uses $CFG
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ param user $user A { @ link $USER } object
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool | string Returns " true " if mail was sent OK , " emailstop " if email
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* was blocked by user and " false " if there was another sort of error .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
function send_confirmation_email ( $user ) {
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
global $CFG ;
$site = get_site ();
$from = get_admin ();
2005-01-29 04:54:17 +00:00
$data -> firstname = fullname ( $user );
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
$data -> sitename = $site -> fullname ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$data -> admin = fullname ( $from ) . ' (' . $from -> email . ')' ;
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$subject = get_string ( 'emailconfirmationsubject' , '' , $site -> fullname );
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
2006-09-04 02:30:52 +00:00
$data -> link = $CFG -> wwwroot . '/login/confirm.php?data=' . $user -> secret . '/' . $user -> username ;
$message = get_string ( 'emailconfirmation' , '' , $data );
2005-03-01 07:06:42 +00:00
$messagehtml = text_to_html ( get_string ( 'emailconfirmation' , '' , $data ), false , false , true );
$user -> mailformat = 1 ; // Always send HTML version as well
2004-05-13 03:09:47 +00:00
return email_to_user ( $user , $from , $subject , $message , $messagehtml );
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* send_password_change_confirmation_email .
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ param user $user A { @ link $USER } object
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool | string Returns " true " if mail was sent OK , " emailstop " if email
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* was blocked by user and " false " if there was another sort of error .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2003-05-04 03:00:52 +00:00
function send_password_change_confirmation_email ( $user ) {
global $CFG ;
$site = get_site ();
$from = get_admin ();
$data -> firstname = $user -> firstname ;
$data -> sitename = $site -> fullname ;
2005-07-15 00:04:51 +00:00
$data -> link = $CFG -> httpswwwroot . '/login/forgot_password.php?p=' . $user -> secret . '&s=' . $user -> username ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$data -> admin = fullname ( $from ) . ' (' . $from -> email . ')' ;
2003-05-04 03:00:52 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$message = get_string ( 'emailpasswordconfirmation' , '' , $data );
$subject = get_string ( 'emailpasswordconfirmationsubject' , '' , $site -> fullname );
2003-05-04 03:00:52 +00:00
return email_to_user ( $user , $from , $subject , $message );
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Check that an email is allowed . It returns an error message if there
* was a problem .
*
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ param string $email Content of email
* @ return string | false
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2004-09-06 15:21:22 +00:00
function email_is_not_allowed ( $email ) {
global $CFG ;
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> allowemailaddresses )) {
$allowed = explode ( ' ' , $CFG -> allowemailaddresses );
foreach ( $allowed as $allowedpattern ) {
$allowedpattern = trim ( $allowedpattern );
if ( ! $allowedpattern ) {
continue ;
}
2006-04-20 08:17:11 +00:00
if ( strpos ( strrev ( $email ), strrev ( $allowedpattern )) === 0 ) { // Match! (bug 5250)
2004-09-06 15:21:22 +00:00
return false ;
}
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return get_string ( 'emailonlyallowed' , '' , $CFG -> allowemailaddresses );
2004-09-06 15:21:22 +00:00
} else if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> denyemailaddresses )) {
$denied = explode ( ' ' , $CFG -> denyemailaddresses );
foreach ( $denied as $deniedpattern ) {
$deniedpattern = trim ( $deniedpattern );
if ( ! $deniedpattern ) {
continue ;
}
2006-04-20 08:17:11 +00:00
if ( strpos ( strrev ( $email ), strrev ( $deniedpattern )) === 0 ) { // Match! (bug 5250)
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return get_string ( 'emailnotallowed' , '' , $CFG -> denyemailaddresses );
2004-09-06 15:21:22 +00:00
}
}
}
return false ;
}
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
2006-09-17 16:04:15 +00:00
function email_welcome_message_to_user ( $course , $user = NULL ) {
global $CFG , $USER ;
if ( empty ( $user )) {
if ( ! isloggedin ()) {
return false ;
}
$user = $USER ;
}
if ( ! empty ( $course -> welcomemessage )) {
$subject = get_string ( 'welcometocourse' , '' , $course -> fullname );
$a -> coursename = $course -> fullname ;
$a -> profileurl = " $CFG->wwwroot /user/view.php?id= $USER->id &course= $course->id " ;
//$message = get_string("welcometocoursetext", "", $a);
$message = $course -> welcomemessage ;
if ( ! $teacher = get_teacher ( $course -> id )) {
$teacher = get_admin ();
}
email_to_user ( $user , $teacher , $subject , $message );
}
}
2002-05-24 06:38:37 +00:00
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
/// FILE HANDLING /////////////////////////////////////////////
2004-02-20 14:12:49 +00:00
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Makes an upload directory for a particular module .
*
* @ uses $CFG
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $courseid The id of the course in question - maps to id field of 'course' table .
* @ return string | false Returns full path to directory if successful , false if not
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2002-08-28 13:07:10 +00:00
function make_mod_upload_directory ( $courseid ) {
global $CFG ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( ! $moddata = make_upload_directory ( $courseid . '/' . $CFG -> moddata )) {
2002-08-28 13:07:10 +00:00
return false ;
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$strreadme = get_string ( 'readme' );
2002-08-28 13:07:10 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $CFG -> lang . '/docs/module_files.txt' )) {
copy ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $CFG -> lang . '/docs/module_files.txt' , $moddata . '/' . $strreadme . '.txt' );
2002-08-28 13:07:10 +00:00
} else {
2006-03-21 16:57:32 +00:00
copy ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/en_utf8/docs/module_files.txt' , $moddata . '/' . $strreadme . '.txt' );
2002-08-28 13:07:10 +00:00
}
return $moddata ;
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Returns current name of file on disk if it exists .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param string $newfile File to be verified
* @ return string Current name of file on disk if true
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2002-09-01 14:29:17 +00:00
function valid_uploaded_file ( $newfile ) {
2002-12-29 17:32:32 +00:00
if ( empty ( $newfile )) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return '' ;
2002-12-29 17:32:32 +00:00
}
2002-09-01 14:29:17 +00:00
if ( is_uploaded_file ( $newfile [ 'tmp_name' ]) and $newfile [ 'size' ] > 0 ) {
return $newfile [ 'tmp_name' ];
} else {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return '' ;
2002-09-01 14:29:17 +00:00
}
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Returns the maximum size for uploading files .
*
* There are seven possible upload limits :
* 1. in Apache using LimitRequestBody ( no way of checking or changing this )
* 2. in php . ini for 'upload_max_filesize' ( can not be changed inside PHP )
* 3. in . htaccess for 'upload_max_filesize' ( can not be changed inside PHP )
* 4. in php . ini for 'post_max_size' ( can not be changed inside PHP )
* 5. by the Moodle admin in $CFG -> maxbytes
* 6. by the teacher in the current course $course -> maxbytes
* 7. by the teacher for the current module , eg $assignment -> maxbytes
*
* These last two are passed to this function as arguments ( in bytes ) .
* Anything defined as 0 is ignored .
* The smallest of all the non - zero numbers is returned .
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $sizebytes ?
* @ param int $coursebytes Current course $course -> maxbytes ( in bytes )
* @ param int $modulebytes Current module -> maxbytes ( in bytes )
* @ return int The maximum size for uploading files .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2003-10-06 18:02:35 +00:00
function get_max_upload_file_size ( $sitebytes = 0 , $coursebytes = 0 , $modulebytes = 0 ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( ! $filesize = ini_get ( 'upload_max_filesize' )) {
$filesize = '5M' ;
2002-09-01 14:29:17 +00:00
}
2003-10-06 18:02:35 +00:00
$minimumsize = get_real_size ( $filesize );
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $postsize = ini_get ( 'post_max_size' )) {
2003-12-02 14:34:24 +00:00
$postsize = get_real_size ( $postsize );
if ( $postsize < $minimumsize ) {
$minimumsize = $postsize ;
}
}
2003-10-06 18:02:35 +00:00
if ( $sitebytes and $sitebytes < $minimumsize ) {
$minimumsize = $sitebytes ;
}
if ( $coursebytes and $coursebytes < $minimumsize ) {
$minimumsize = $coursebytes ;
}
if ( $modulebytes and $modulebytes < $minimumsize ) {
$minimumsize = $modulebytes ;
}
return $minimumsize ;
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* Related to { @ link get_max_upload_file_size ()} - this function returns an
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* array of possible sizes in an array , translated to the
* local language .
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses SORT_NUMERIC
* @ param int $sizebytes ?
* @ param int $coursebytes Current course $course -> maxbytes ( in bytes )
* @ param int $modulebytes Current module -> maxbytes ( in bytes )
* @ return int
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2003-10-06 18:02:35 +00:00
function get_max_upload_sizes ( $sitebytes = 0 , $coursebytes = 0 , $modulebytes = 0 ) {
if ( ! $maxsize = get_max_upload_file_size ( $sitebytes , $coursebytes , $modulebytes )) {
return array ();
}
$filesize [ $maxsize ] = display_size ( $maxsize );
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
$sizelist = array ( 10240 , 51200 , 102400 , 512000 , 1048576 , 2097152 ,
2003-10-06 18:02:35 +00:00
5242880 , 10485760 , 20971520 , 52428800 , 104857600 );
foreach ( $sizelist as $sizebytes ) {
if ( $sizebytes < $maxsize ) {
$filesize [ $sizebytes ] = display_size ( $sizebytes );
}
}
krsort ( $filesize , SORT_NUMERIC );
return $filesize ;
2002-09-01 14:29:17 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* If there has been an error uploading a file , print the appropriate error message
* Numerical constants used as constant definitions not added until PHP version 4.2 . 0
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* $filearray is a 1 - dimensional sub - array of the $_FILES array
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* eg $filearray = $_FILES [ 'userfile1' ]
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
* If left empty then the first element of the $_FILES array will be used
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $_FILES
* @ param array $filearray A 1 - dimensional sub - array of the $_FILES array
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ param bool $returnerror If true then a string error message will be returned . Otherwise the user will be notified of the error in a notify () call .
* @ return bool | string
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2004-09-06 04:28:07 +00:00
function print_file_upload_error ( $filearray = '' , $returnerror = false ) {
if ( $filearray == '' or ! isset ( $filearray [ 'error' ])) {
if ( empty ( $_FILES )) return false ;
$files = $_FILES ; /// so we don't mess up the _FILES array for subsequent code
$filearray = array_shift ( $files ); /// use first element of array
}
switch ( $filearray [ 'error' ]) {
case 0 : // UPLOAD_ERR_OK
if ( $filearray [ 'size' ] > 0 ) {
$errmessage = get_string ( 'uploadproblem' , $filearray [ 'name' ]);
} else {
$errmessage = get_string ( 'uploadnofilefound' ); /// probably a dud file name
}
break ;
case 1 : // UPLOAD_ERR_INI_SIZE
$errmessage = get_string ( 'uploadserverlimit' );
break ;
case 2 : // UPLOAD_ERR_FORM_SIZE
$errmessage = get_string ( 'uploadformlimit' );
break ;
case 3 : // UPLOAD_ERR_PARTIAL
$errmessage = get_string ( 'uploadpartialfile' );
break ;
case 4 : // UPLOAD_ERR_NO_FILE
$errmessage = get_string ( 'uploadnofilefound' );
break ;
default :
$errmessage = get_string ( 'uploadproblem' , $filearray [ 'name' ]);
}
if ( $returnerror ) {
return $errmessage ;
} else {
notify ( $errmessage );
return true ;
}
}
2006-03-06 00:36:06 +00:00
/**
* handy function to loop through an array of files and resolve any filename conflicts
* both in the array of filenames and for what is already on disk .
* not really compatible with the similar function in uploadlib . php
* but this could be used for files / index . php for moving files around .
*/
function resolve_filename_collisions ( $destination , $files , $format = '%s_%d.%s' ) {
foreach ( $files as $k => $f ) {
if ( check_potential_filename ( $destination , $f , $files )) {
$bits = explode ( '.' , $f );
for ( $i = 1 ; true ; $i ++ ) {
$try = sprintf ( $format , $bits [ 0 ], $i , $bits [ 1 ]);
if ( ! check_potential_filename ( $destination , $try , $files )) {
$files [ $k ] = $try ;
break ;
}
}
}
}
return $files ;
}
/**
* @ used by resolve_filename_collisions
*/
function check_potential_filename ( $destination , $filename , $files ) {
if ( file_exists ( $destination . '/' . $filename )) {
return true ;
}
if ( count ( array_keys ( $files , $filename )) > 1 ) {
return true ;
}
return false ;
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Returns an array with all the filenames in
* all subdirectories , relative to the given rootdir .
* If excludefile is defined , then that file / directory is ignored
* If getdirs is true , then ( sub ) directories are included in the output
* If getfiles is true , then files are included in the output
* ( at least one of these must be true ! )
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param string $rootdir ?
* @ param string $excludefile If defined then the specified file / directory is ignored
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ param bool $descend ?
* @ param bool $getdirs If true then ( sub ) directories are included in the output
* @ param bool $getfiles If true then files are included in the output
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ return array An array with all the filenames in
* all subdirectories , relative to the given rootdir
* @ todo Finish documenting this function . Add examples of $excludefile usage .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2006-09-17 06:49:26 +00:00
function get_directory_list ( $rootdir , $excludefiles = '' , $descend = true , $getdirs = false , $getfiles = true ) {
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
$dirs = array ();
2004-05-16 08:52:32 +00:00
if ( ! $getdirs and ! $getfiles ) { // Nothing to show
2003-08-17 14:16:08 +00:00
return $dirs ;
}
2004-05-16 08:52:32 +00:00
if ( ! is_dir ( $rootdir )) { // Must be a directory
return $dirs ;
}
if ( ! $dir = opendir ( $rootdir )) { // Can't open it for some reason
2002-11-10 07:37:15 +00:00
return $dirs ;
}
2006-09-17 06:49:26 +00:00
if ( ! is_array ( $excludefiles )) {
$excludefiles = array ( $excludefiles );
}
2004-04-17 14:01:53 +00:00
while ( false !== ( $file = readdir ( $dir ))) {
2003-01-28 03:34:26 +00:00
$firstchar = substr ( $file , 0 , 1 );
2006-09-17 06:49:26 +00:00
if ( $firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or in_array ( $file , $excludefiles )) {
2003-01-28 03:34:26 +00:00
continue ;
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$fullfile = $rootdir . '/' . $file ;
if ( filetype ( $fullfile ) == 'dir' ) {
2004-05-16 08:52:32 +00:00
if ( $getdirs ) {
2004-05-02 15:31:23 +00:00
$dirs [] = $file ;
}
2004-05-04 01:21:17 +00:00
if ( $descend ) {
2006-09-17 06:49:26 +00:00
$subdirs = get_directory_list ( $fullfile , $excludefiles , $descend , $getdirs , $getfiles );
2004-05-04 01:21:17 +00:00
foreach ( $subdirs as $subdir ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$dirs [] = $file . '/' . $subdir ;
2004-05-04 01:21:17 +00:00
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
}
2004-05-16 08:52:32 +00:00
} else if ( $getfiles ) {
2003-01-28 03:34:26 +00:00
$dirs [] = $file ;
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
}
}
2002-09-01 14:29:17 +00:00
closedir ( $dir );
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2002-09-07 14:57:33 +00:00
asort ( $dirs );
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
return $dirs ;
}
2005-04-19 15:11:44 +00:00
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Adds up all the files in a directory and works out the size .
*
* @ param string $rootdir ?
* @ param string $excludefile ?
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ return array
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
function get_directory_size ( $rootdir , $excludefile = '' ) {
2004-05-16 08:52:32 +00:00
2005-09-05 05:33:02 +00:00
global $CFG ;
// do it this way if we can, it's much faster
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> pathtodu ) && is_executable ( trim ( $CFG -> pathtodu ))) {
2005-11-13 21:19:23 +00:00
$command = trim ( $CFG -> pathtodu ) . ' -sk --apparent-size ' . escapeshellarg ( $rootdir );
2005-09-05 05:33:02 +00:00
exec ( $command , $output , $return );
if ( is_array ( $output )) {
return get_real_size ( intval ( $output [ 0 ]) . 'k' ); // we told it to return k.
}
}
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2004-05-16 08:52:32 +00:00
if ( ! is_dir ( $rootdir )) { // Must be a directory
2006-04-22 16:45:12 +00:00
return 0 ;
2004-05-16 08:52:32 +00:00
}
2004-05-22 04:02:02 +00:00
if ( ! $dir = @ opendir ( $rootdir )) { // Can't open it for some reason
2006-04-22 16:45:12 +00:00
return 0 ;
2004-05-16 08:52:32 +00:00
}
2006-04-22 16:45:12 +00:00
$size = 0 ;
2004-05-16 08:52:32 +00:00
while ( false !== ( $file = readdir ( $dir ))) {
$firstchar = substr ( $file , 0 , 1 );
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or $file == $excludefile ) {
2004-05-16 08:52:32 +00:00
continue ;
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$fullfile = $rootdir . '/' . $file ;
if ( filetype ( $fullfile ) == 'dir' ) {
2004-05-16 08:52:32 +00:00
$size += get_directory_size ( $fullfile , $excludefile );
} else {
$size += filesize ( $fullfile );
}
}
closedir ( $dir );
return $size ;
}
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
/**
* Converts bytes into display form
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param string $size ?
* @ return string
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ staticvar string $gb Localized string for size in gigabytes
* @ staticvar string $mb Localized string for size in megabytes
* @ staticvar string $kb Localized string for size in kilobytes
* @ staticvar string $b Localized string for size in bytes
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function . Verify return type .
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2002-09-01 14:29:17 +00:00
function display_size ( $size ) {
2003-10-06 18:02:35 +00:00
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
static $gb , $mb , $kb , $b ;
2003-10-06 18:02:35 +00:00
if ( empty ( $gb )) {
$gb = get_string ( 'sizegb' );
$mb = get_string ( 'sizemb' );
$kb = get_string ( 'sizekb' );
$b = get_string ( 'sizeb' );
}
2002-09-01 14:29:17 +00:00
if ( $size >= 1073741824 ) {
2003-10-06 18:02:35 +00:00
$size = round ( $size / 1073741824 * 10 ) / 10 . $gb ;
2002-09-01 14:29:17 +00:00
} else if ( $size >= 1048576 ) {
2003-10-06 18:02:35 +00:00
$size = round ( $size / 1048576 * 10 ) / 10 . $mb ;
2002-09-01 14:29:17 +00:00
} else if ( $size >= 1024 ) {
2003-10-06 18:02:35 +00:00
$size = round ( $size / 1024 * 10 ) / 10 . $kb ;
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
} else {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$size = $size . ' ' . $b ;
2002-09-01 14:29:17 +00:00
}
return $size ;
}
2006-03-04 11:35:08 +00:00
/**
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* Cleans a given filename by removing suspicious or troublesome characters
2006-03-04 11:35:08 +00:00
* Only these are allowed : alphanumeric _ - .
* Unicode characters can be enabled by setting $CFG -> unicodecleanfilename = true in config . php
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*
2006-03-04 11:35:08 +00:00
* WARNING : unicode characters may not be compatible with zip compression in backup / restore ,
* because native zip binaries do weird character conversions . Use PHP zipping instead .
*
* @ param string $string file name
* @ return string cleaned file name
2004-09-23 02:48:41 +00:00
*/
2002-08-04 16:20:30 +00:00
function clean_filename ( $string ) {
2006-03-04 11:35:08 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
if ( empty ( $CFG -> unicodecleanfilename )) {
2006-03-06 00:39:51 +00:00
$textlib = textlib_get_instance ();
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
$string = $textlib -> specialtoascii ( $string );
2006-03-04 11:35:08 +00:00
$string = preg_replace ( '/[^\.a-zA-Z\d\_-]/' , '_' , $string ); // only allowed chars
} else {
//clean only ascii range
$string = preg_replace ( " /[ \\ 000- \\ x2c \\ x2f \\ x3a- \\ x40 \\ x5b- \\ x5e \\ x60 \\ x7b- \\ 177]/s " , '_' , $string );
}
$string = preg_replace ( " /_+/ " , '_' , $string );
$string = preg_replace ( " / \ . \ .+/ " , '.' , $string );
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
return $string ;
2002-08-04 16:20:30 +00:00
}
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
/// STRING TRANSLATION ////////////////////////////////////////
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Returns the code for the current language
*
* @ uses $CFG
* @ param $USER
* @ param $SESSION
* @ return string
*/
2002-10-02 10:33:05 +00:00
function current_language () {
2003-01-19 12:32:55 +00:00
global $CFG , $USER , $SESSION ;
2002-10-02 10:33:05 +00:00
2004-02-15 14:33:13 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> courselang )) { // Course language can override all other settings for this page
2006-09-25 06:04:02 +00:00
$return = $CFG -> courselang ;
2004-02-09 07:31:04 +00:00
2004-02-15 14:33:13 +00:00
} else if ( ! empty ( $SESSION -> lang )) { // Session language can override other settings
2006-09-25 06:04:02 +00:00
$return = $SESSION -> lang ;
2003-01-19 12:32:55 +00:00
2004-02-15 14:33:13 +00:00
} else if ( ! empty ( $USER -> lang )) { // User language can override site language
2006-09-25 06:04:02 +00:00
$return = $USER -> lang ;
2003-01-19 12:32:55 +00:00
2002-10-02 10:33:05 +00:00
} else {
2006-09-25 06:04:02 +00:00
$return = $CFG -> lang ;
2002-10-02 10:33:05 +00:00
}
2006-09-25 06:04:02 +00:00
if ( $return == 'en' ) {
$return = 'en_utf8' ;
}
return $return ;
2002-10-02 10:33:05 +00:00
}
2002-07-04 07:49:38 +00:00
2006-11-11 17:23:20 +00:00
/* Obsoleted function - returns the code of the current charset - originally depended on the selected language pack .
*
* @ param $ignorecache not used anymore
* @ return string always returns 'UTF-8'
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
*/
function current_charset ( $ignorecache = false ) {
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
return 'UTF-8' ;
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
2004-10-04 16:44:54 +00:00
* Prints out a translated string .
*
* Prints out a translated string using the return value from the { @ link get_string ()} function .
*
* Example usage of this function when the string is in the moodle . php file :< br >
* < code >
* echo '<strong>' ;
* print_string ( 'wordforstudent' );
* echo '</strong>' ;
* </ code >
*
* Example usage of this function when the string is not in the moodle . php file :< br >
* < code >
* echo '<h1>' ;
* print_string ( 'typecourse' , 'calendar' );
* echo '</h1>' ;
* </ code >
*
* @ param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
* @ param string $module The module where the key identifier is stored . If none is specified then moodle . php is used .
* @ param mixed $a An object , string or number that can be used
* within translation strings
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
*/
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
function print_string ( $identifier , $module = '' , $a = NULL ) {
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
echo get_string ( $identifier , $module , $a );
}
2005-06-21 12:30:34 +00:00
/**
* fix up the optional data in get_string () / print_string () etc
* ensure possible sprintf () format characters are escaped correctly
* needs to handle arbitrary strings and objects
* @ param mixed $a An object , string or number that can be used
* @ return mixed the supplied parameter 'cleaned'
*/
2005-06-23 09:04:16 +00:00
function clean_getstring_data ( $a ) {
2005-06-21 12:30:34 +00:00
if ( is_string ( $a )) {
return str_replace ( '%' , '%%' , $a );
}
elseif ( is_object ( $a )) {
$a_vars = get_object_vars ( $a );
$new_a_vars = array ();
foreach ( $a_vars as $fname => $a_var ) {
2005-06-23 09:04:16 +00:00
$new_a_vars [ $fname ] = clean_getstring_data ( $a_var );
2005-06-21 12:30:34 +00:00
}
return ( object ) $new_a_vars ;
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
}
2005-06-21 12:30:34 +00:00
else {
return $a ;
}
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
2004-10-04 16:44:54 +00:00
* Returns a localized string .
*
* Returns the translated string specified by $identifier as
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* for $module . Uses the same format files as STphp .
* $a is an object , string or number that can be used
* within translation strings
*
* eg " hello \$ a->firstname \$ a->lastname "
* or " hello \$ a "
*
2004-10-04 16:44:54 +00:00
* If you would like to directly echo the localized string use
* the function { @ link print_string ()}
*
* Example usage of this function involves finding the string you would
* like a local equivalent of and using its identifier and module information
* to retrive it .< br >
* If you open moodle / lang / en / moodle . php and look near line 1031
* you will find a string to prompt a user for their word for student
* < code >
* $string [ 'wordforstudent' ] = 'Your word for Student' ;
* </ code >
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
* So if you want to display the string 'Your word for student'
* in any language that supports it on your site
2004-10-04 16:44:54 +00:00
* you just need to use the identifier 'wordforstudent'
* < code >
* $mystring = '<strong>' . get_string ( 'wordforstudent' ) . '</strong>' ;
or
* </ code >
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
* If the string you want is in another file you ' d take a slightly
* different approach . Looking in moodle / lang / en / calendar . php you find
2004-10-04 16:44:54 +00:00
* around line 75 :
* < code >
* $string [ 'typecourse' ] = 'Course event' ;
* </ code >
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
* If you want to display the string " Course event " in any language
* supported you would use the identifier 'typecourse' and the module 'calendar'
2004-10-04 16:44:54 +00:00
* ( because it is in the file calendar . php ) :
* < code >
* $mystring = '<h1>' . get_string ( 'typecourse' , 'calendar' ) . '</h1>' ;
* </ code >
*
* As a last resort , should the identifier fail to map to a string
* the returned string will be [[ $identifier ]]
*
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
2004-10-04 16:44:54 +00:00
* @ param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
* @ param string $module The module where the key identifier is stored . If none is specified then moodle . php is used .
* @ param mixed $a An object , string or number that can be used
* within translation strings
2006-10-02 15:08:25 +00:00
* @ param array $extralocations An array of strings with other locations to look for string files
2004-10-04 16:44:54 +00:00
* @ return string The localized string .
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2006-10-02 15:08:25 +00:00
function get_string ( $identifier , $module = '' , $a = NULL , $extralocations = NULL ) {
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
2002-10-02 10:33:05 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
2006-07-30 10:39:21 +00:00
global $course , $COURSE ;
2004-02-15 14:34:13 +00:00
if ( empty ( $CFG -> courselang )) {
2006-07-30 10:39:21 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $COURSE -> lang )) {
$CFG -> courselang = $COURSE -> lang ;
} else if ( ! empty ( $course -> lang )) { // ugly backwards compatibility hack
2004-02-15 14:34:13 +00:00
$CFG -> courselang = $course -> lang ;
}
2004-02-10 08:10:04 +00:00
}
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
/// originally these special strings were stored in moodle.php now we are only in langconfig.php
2006-03-25 12:26:33 +00:00
$langconfigstrs = array ( 'alphabet' , 'backupnameformat' , 'firstdayofweek' , 'locale' ,
'localewin' , 'localewincharset' , 'oldcharset' ,
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
'parentlanguage' , 'strftimedate' , 'strftimedateshort' , 'strftimedatetime' ,
'strftimedaydate' , 'strftimedaydatetime' , 'strftimedayshort' , 'strftimedaytime' ,
'strftimemonthyear' , 'strftimerecent' , 'strftimerecentfull' , 'strftimetime' ,
'thischarset' , 'thisdirection' , 'thislanguage' );
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
$filetocheck = 'langconfig.php' ;
$defaultlang = 'en_utf8' ;
if ( in_array ( $identifier , $langconfigstrs )) {
$module = 'langconfig' ; //This strings are under langconfig.php for 1.6 lang packs
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
}
2002-10-02 10:33:05 +00:00
$lang = current_language ();
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $module == '' ) {
$module = 'moodle' ;
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
}
2005-06-20 09:15:30 +00:00
// if $a happens to have % in it, double it so sprintf() doesn't break
2005-06-23 09:04:16 +00:00
if ( $a ) {
$a = clean_getstring_data ( $a );
}
2005-06-20 09:15:30 +00:00
2005-01-10 14:11:13 +00:00
/// Define the two or three major locations of language strings for this module
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
2006-10-02 15:08:25 +00:00
$locations = array ();
if ( ! empty ( $extralocations )) { // Calling code has a good idea where to look
2006-10-02 15:15:23 +00:00
if ( is_array ( $extralocations )) {
$locations += $extralocations ;
} else if ( is_string ( $extralocations )) {
$locations [] = $extralocations ;
} else {
debugging ( 'Bad lang path provided' );
}
2006-10-02 15:08:25 +00:00
}
2006-03-09 17:43:14 +00:00
if ( isset ( $CFG -> running_installer )) {
$module = 'installer' ;
$filetocheck = 'installer.php' ;
2006-10-02 15:08:25 +00:00
$locations += array ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/install/lang/' , $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' , $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' );
2006-03-09 17:43:14 +00:00
$defaultlang = 'en_utf8' ;
2005-07-25 11:26:03 +00:00
} else {
2006-10-02 15:08:25 +00:00
$locations += array ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' , $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' );
2005-07-25 11:26:03 +00:00
}
2006-10-02 15:08:25 +00:00
2006-03-25 12:26:33 +00:00
if ( $module != 'moodle' && $module != 'langconfig' ) {
2005-03-14 13:08:16 +00:00
if ( strpos ( $module , 'block_' ) === 0 ) { // It's a block lang file
$locations [] = $CFG -> dirroot . '/blocks/' . substr ( $module , 6 ) . '/lang/' ;
2006-03-09 08:27:53 +00:00
} else if ( strpos ( $module , 'report_' ) === 0 ) { // It's a report lang file
2006-09-26 21:10:14 +00:00
$locations [] = $CFG -> dirroot . '/' . $CFG -> admin . '/report/' . substr ( $module , 7 ) . '/lang/' ;
2006-06-01 03:10:17 +00:00
$locations [] = $CFG -> dirroot . '/course/report/' . substr ( $module , 7 ) . '/lang/' ;
2006-12-11 15:47:23 +00:00
} else if ( strpos ( $module , 'format_' ) === 0 ) { // Course format
$locations [] = $CFG -> dirroot . '/course/format/' . substr ( $module , 7 ) . '/lang/' ;
2005-03-14 13:08:16 +00:00
} else { // It's a normal activity
$locations [] = $CFG -> dirroot . '/mod/' . $module . '/lang/' ;
}
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
}
2005-01-10 14:11:13 +00:00
/// First check all the normal locations for the string in the current language
foreach ( $locations as $location ) {
2005-12-21 02:06:25 +00:00
$locallangfile = $location . $lang . '_local' . '/' . $module . '.php' ; //first, see if there's a local file
if ( file_exists ( $locallangfile )) {
if ( $result = get_string_from_file ( $identifier , $locallangfile , " \$ resultstring " )) {
eval ( $result );
return $resultstring ;
}
}
//if local directory not found, or particular string does not exist in local direcotry
2005-01-11 12:24:37 +00:00
$langfile = $location . $lang . '/' . $module . '.php' ;
2004-05-24 09:19:59 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $langfile )) {
if ( $result = get_string_from_file ( $identifier , $langfile , " \$ resultstring " )) {
eval ( $result );
return $resultstring ;
}
}
}
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
2006-02-06 13:45:00 +00:00
/// If the preferred language was English (utf8) we can abort now
/// saving some checks beacuse it's the only "root" lang
if ( $lang == 'en_utf8' ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return '[[' . $identifier . ']]' ;
2003-06-12 03:27:24 +00:00
}
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
2005-01-10 14:11:13 +00:00
/// Is a parent language defined? If so, try to find this string in a parent language file
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
2005-01-10 14:11:13 +00:00
foreach ( $locations as $location ) {
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
$langfile = $location . $lang . '/' . $filetocheck ;
2005-01-11 12:24:37 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $langfile )) {
if ( $result = get_string_from_file ( 'parentlanguage' , $langfile , " \$ parentlang " )) {
eval ( $result );
if ( ! empty ( $parentlang )) { // found it!
2005-12-21 02:06:25 +00:00
//first, see if there's a local file for parent
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
$locallangfile = $location . $parentlang . '_local' . '/' . $module . '.php' ;
2005-12-21 02:06:25 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $locallangfile )) {
if ( $result = get_string_from_file ( $identifier , $locallangfile , " \$ resultstring " )) {
eval ( $result );
return $resultstring ;
}
}
//if local directory not found, or particular string does not exist in local direcotry
2005-01-11 12:24:37 +00:00
$langfile = $location . $parentlang . '/' . $module . '.php' ;
if ( file_exists ( $langfile )) {
if ( $result = get_string_from_file ( $identifier , $langfile , " \$ resultstring " )) {
eval ( $result );
return $resultstring ;
}
2005-01-10 14:11:13 +00:00
}
2003-06-12 03:27:24 +00:00
}
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
}
}
}
2003-06-12 03:27:24 +00:00
2005-01-10 14:11:13 +00:00
/// Our only remaining option is to try English
2003-06-12 03:27:24 +00:00
2005-01-10 14:11:13 +00:00
foreach ( $locations as $location ) {
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
$locallangfile = $location . $defaultlang . '_local/' . $module . '.php' ; //first, see if there's a local file
2005-12-21 02:06:25 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $locallangfile )) {
if ( $result = get_string_from_file ( $identifier , $locallangfile , " \$ resultstring " )) {
eval ( $result );
return $resultstring ;
}
}
2003-06-12 03:27:24 +00:00
2005-12-21 02:06:25 +00:00
//if local_en not found, or string not found in local_en
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
$langfile = $location . $defaultlang . '/' . $module . '.php' ;
2004-05-24 09:19:59 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $langfile )) {
if ( $result = get_string_from_file ( $identifier , $langfile , " \$ resultstring " )) {
eval ( $result );
return $resultstring ;
}
}
}
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
/// And, because under 1.6 en is defined as en_utf8 child, me must try
2006-02-07 00:08:47 +00:00
/// if it hasn't been queried before.
if ( $defaultlang == 'en' ) {
$defaultlang = 'en_utf8' ;
foreach ( $locations as $location ) {
$locallangfile = $location . $defaultlang . '_local/' . $module . '.php' ; //first, see if there's a local file
if ( file_exists ( $locallangfile )) {
if ( $result = get_string_from_file ( $identifier , $locallangfile , " \$ resultstring " )) {
eval ( $result );
return $resultstring ;
}
}
//if local_en not found, or string not found in local_en
$langfile = $location . $defaultlang . '/' . $module . '.php' ;
if ( file_exists ( $langfile )) {
if ( $result = get_string_from_file ( $identifier , $langfile , " \$ resultstring " )) {
eval ( $result );
return $resultstring ;
}
}
}
}
2005-01-10 14:11:13 +00:00
return '[[' . $identifier . ']]' ; // Last resort
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* This function is only used from { @ link get_string ()} .
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*
2004-09-28 16:40:26 +00:00
* @ internal Only used from get_string , not meant to be public API
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param string $identifier ?
* @ param string $langfile ?
* @ param string $destination ?
* @ return string | false ?
2004-09-25 05:29:21 +00:00
* @ staticvar array $strings Localized strings
2004-09-28 16:40:26 +00:00
* @ access private
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function .
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
function get_string_from_file ( $identifier , $langfile , $destination ) {
2003-07-03 12:19:54 +00:00
static $strings ; // Keep the strings cached in memory.
if ( empty ( $strings [ $langfile ])) {
2004-05-16 09:28:41 +00:00
$string = array ();
2003-07-03 12:19:54 +00:00
include ( $langfile );
$strings [ $langfile ] = $string ;
} else {
$string = & $strings [ $langfile ];
}
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
if ( ! isset ( $string [ $identifier ])) {
return false ;
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return $destination . '= sprintf("' . $string [ $identifier ] . '");' ;
2002-06-27 08:47:27 +00:00
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Converts an array of strings to their localized value .
*
* @ param array $array An array of strings
* @ param string $module The language module that these strings can be found in .
* @ return string
*/
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
function get_strings ( $array , $module = '' ) {
$string = NULL ;
foreach ( $array as $item ) {
$string -> $item = get_string ( $item , $module );
}
return $string ;
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Returns a list of language codes and their full names
2005-12-21 02:06:25 +00:00
* hides the _local files from everyone .
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ return array An associative array with contents in the form of LanguageCode => LanguageName
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2002-09-14 03:43:24 +00:00
function get_list_of_languages () {
2006-02-06 04:03:30 +00:00
2002-09-14 03:43:24 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2003-05-03 06:50:29 +00:00
$languages = array ();
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
$filetocheck = 'langconfig.php' ;
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
2005-04-11 06:41:08 +00:00
if ( ( ! defined ( 'FULLME' ) || FULLME !== 'cron' )
&& ! empty ( $CFG -> langcache ) && file_exists ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/cache/languages' )) {
// read from cache
2006-02-06 04:03:30 +00:00
2005-04-11 06:41:08 +00:00
$lines = file ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/cache/languages' );
foreach ( $lines as $line ) {
$line = trim ( $line );
if ( preg_match ( '/^(\w+)\s+(.+)/' , $line , $matches )) {
$languages [ $matches [ 1 ]] = $matches [ 2 ];
}
}
unset ( $lines ); unset ( $line ); unset ( $matches );
return $languages ;
}
2003-05-03 06:50:29 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> langlist )) { // use admin's list of languages
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2003-05-03 06:50:29 +00:00
$langlist = explode ( ',' , $CFG -> langlist );
foreach ( $langlist as $lang ) {
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
$lang = trim ( $lang ); //Just trim spaces to be a bit more permissive
2006-04-15 17:30:23 +00:00
if ( strstr ( $lang , '_local' ) !== false ) {
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
continue ;
}
2006-04-10 22:53:53 +00:00
if ( substr ( $lang , - 5 ) == '_utf8' ) { //Remove the _utf8 suffix from the lang to show
$shortlang = substr ( $lang , 0 , - 5 );
} else {
$shortlang = $lang ;
}
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
/// Search under dirroot/lang
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/' . $filetocheck )) {
include ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/' . $filetocheck );
if ( ! empty ( $string [ 'thislanguage' ])) {
2006-04-10 22:53:53 +00:00
$languages [ $lang ] = $string [ 'thislanguage' ] . ' (' . $shortlang . ')' ;
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
}
unset ( $string );
}
/// And moodledata/lang
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/' . $filetocheck )) {
include ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/' . $filetocheck );
if ( ! empty ( $string [ 'thislanguage' ])) {
2006-04-10 22:53:53 +00:00
$languages [ $lang ] = $string [ 'thislanguage' ] . ' (' . $shortlang . ')' ;
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
}
2003-05-03 06:50:29 +00:00
unset ( $string );
}
}
} else {
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
/// Fetch langs from moodle/lang directory
$langdirs = get_list_of_plugins ( 'lang' );
/// Fetch langs from moodledata/lang directory
$langdirs2 = get_list_of_plugins ( 'lang' , '' , $CFG -> dataroot );
/// Merge both lists of langs
$langdirs = array_merge ( $langdirs , $langdirs2 );
/// Sort all
asort ( $langdirs );
/// Get some info from each lang (first from moodledata, then from moodle)
2003-05-03 06:50:29 +00:00
foreach ( $langdirs as $lang ) {
2006-04-15 17:30:23 +00:00
if ( strstr ( $lang , '_local' ) !== false ) {
2005-12-21 02:06:25 +00:00
continue ;
}
2006-04-10 22:53:53 +00:00
if ( substr ( $lang , - 5 ) == '_utf8' ) { //Remove the _utf8 suffix from the lang to show
$shortlang = substr ( $lang , 0 , - 5 );
} else {
$shortlang = $lang ;
}
2006-03-29 16:18:46 +00:00
/// Search under moodledata/lang
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/' . $filetocheck )) {
include ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/' . $filetocheck );
if ( ! empty ( $string [ 'thislanguage' ])) {
2006-04-10 22:53:53 +00:00
$languages [ $lang ] = $string [ 'thislanguage' ] . ' (' . $shortlang . ')' ;
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
}
2005-12-21 02:06:25 +00:00
unset ( $string );
2006-01-13 14:43:51 +00:00
}
2006-03-29 16:18:46 +00:00
/// And dirroot/lang
2006-01-13 14:43:51 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/' . $filetocheck )) {
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
include ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/' . $filetocheck );
if ( ! empty ( $string [ 'thislanguage' ])) {
2006-04-10 22:53:53 +00:00
$languages [ $lang ] = $string [ 'thislanguage' ] . ' (' . $shortlang . ')' ;
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
}
2005-07-12 11:35:30 +00:00
unset ( $string );
}
2003-05-03 06:50:29 +00:00
}
2002-09-14 03:43:24 +00:00
}
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
2005-04-11 06:41:08 +00:00
if ( defined ( 'FULLME' ) && FULLME === 'cron' && ! empty ( $CFG -> langcache )) {
if ( $file = fopen ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/cache/languages' , 'w' )) {
foreach ( $languages as $key => $value ) {
fwrite ( $file , " $key $value\n " );
}
fclose ( $file );
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
}
2005-04-11 06:41:08 +00:00
}
2002-09-14 03:43:24 +00:00
return $languages ;
}
2006-01-05 16:04:26 +00:00
/**
* Returns a list of charset codes . It ' s hardcoded , so they should be added manually
* ( cheking that such charset is supported by the texlib library ! )
*
* @ return array And associative array with contents in the form of charset => charset
*/
function get_list_of_charsets () {
$charsets = array (
'EUC-JP' => 'EUC-JP' ,
'ISO-2022-JP' => 'ISO-2022-JP' ,
'ISO-8859-1' => 'ISO-8859-1' ,
'SHIFT-JIS' => 'SHIFT-JIS' ,
2006-04-20 08:21:58 +00:00
'GB2312' => 'GB2312' ,
'GB18030' => 'GB18030' ,
2006-01-05 16:04:26 +00:00
'UTF-8' => 'UTF-8' );
asort ( $charsets );
return $charsets ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Returns a list of country names in the current language
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ uses $USER
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* @ return array
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2003-09-26 08:04:48 +00:00
function get_list_of_countries () {
global $CFG , $USER ;
$lang = current_language ();
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
if ( ! file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/countries.php' ) &&
! file_exists ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/countries.php' )) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $parentlang = get_string ( 'parentlanguage' )) {
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $parentlang . '/countries.php' ) ||
file_exists ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $parentlang . '/countries.php' )) {
2003-09-26 08:21:11 +00:00
$lang = $parentlang ;
} else {
2006-09-03 11:38:45 +00:00
$lang = 'en_utf8' ; // countries.php must exist in this pack
2003-09-26 08:21:11 +00:00
}
} else {
2006-09-03 11:38:45 +00:00
$lang = 'en_utf8' ; // countries.php must exist in this pack
2003-09-26 08:21:11 +00:00
}
2003-09-26 08:04:48 +00:00
}
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/countries.php' )) {
include ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/countries.php' );
} else if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/countries.php' )) {
include ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/countries.php' );
}
2003-09-26 08:04:48 +00:00
2003-11-17 02:19:13 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $string )) {
asort ( $string );
}
2003-09-26 08:04:48 +00:00
return $string ;
}
2005-02-10 10:28:27 +00:00
/**
* Returns a list of valid and compatible themes
*
* @ uses $CFG
* @ return array
*/
function get_list_of_themes () {
global $CFG ;
$themes = array ();
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> themelist )) { // use admin's list of themes
$themelist = explode ( ',' , $CFG -> themelist );
} else {
$themelist = get_list_of_plugins ( " theme " );
}
foreach ( $themelist as $key => $theme ) {
2006-10-09 10:12:41 +00:00
if ( ! file_exists ( " $CFG->themedir / $theme /config.php " )) { // bad folder
2005-02-10 10:28:27 +00:00
continue ;
}
unset ( $THEME ); // Note this is not the global one!! :-)
2006-10-09 10:12:41 +00:00
include ( " $CFG->themedir / $theme /config.php " );
2005-02-10 10:28:27 +00:00
if ( ! isset ( $THEME -> sheets )) { // Not a valid 1.5 theme
continue ;
}
$themes [ $theme ] = $theme ;
}
asort ( $themes );
return $themes ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
2006-07-31 10:28:12 +00:00
* Returns a list of picture names in the current or specified language
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* @ return array
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2006-07-31 10:28:12 +00:00
function get_list_of_pixnames ( $lang = '' ) {
2003-11-07 15:11:34 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2006-07-31 10:28:12 +00:00
if ( empty ( $lang )) {
$lang = current_language ();
}
2003-11-07 15:11:34 +00:00
2006-07-31 10:28:12 +00:00
$path = $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/en_utf8/pix.php' ; // always exists
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '_local/pix.php' )) {
$path = $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '_local/pix.php' ;
} else if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/pix.php' )) {
$path = $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/pix.php' ;
} else if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/pix.php' )) {
$path = $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/pix.php' ;
2006-12-01 09:48:40 +00:00
} else if ( $parentlang = get_string ( 'parentlanguage' ) and $parentlang != '[[parentlanguage]]' ) {
2006-07-31 10:28:12 +00:00
return get_list_of_pixnames ( $parentlang ); //return pixnames from parent language instead
2003-11-07 15:11:34 +00:00
}
2006-07-31 10:28:12 +00:00
include ( $path );
2003-11-07 15:11:34 +00:00
return $string ;
}
2005-04-10 17:35:17 +00:00
/**
2006-03-01 14:03:56 +00:00
* Returns a list of timezones in the current language
2005-04-10 17:35:17 +00:00
*
* @ uses $CFG
2005-07-12 03:09:25 +00:00
* @ return array
2005-04-10 17:35:17 +00:00
*/
function get_list_of_timezones () {
global $CFG ;
2005-04-10 17:51:48 +00:00
$timezones = array ();
2005-05-20 00:50:45 +00:00
if ( $rawtimezones = get_records_sql ( 'SELECT MAX(id), name FROM ' . $CFG -> prefix . 'timezone GROUP BY name' )) {
2005-04-10 17:51:48 +00:00
foreach ( $rawtimezones as $timezone ) {
if ( ! empty ( $timezone -> name )) {
$timezones [ $timezone -> name ] = get_string ( strtolower ( $timezone -> name ), 'timezones' );
if ( substr ( $timezones [ $timezone -> name ], 0 , 1 ) == '[' ) { // No translation found
$timezones [ $timezone -> name ] = $timezone -> name ;
}
2005-04-10 17:35:17 +00:00
}
}
}
2005-05-20 00:50:45 +00:00
asort ( $timezones );
2005-04-10 17:35:17 +00:00
for ( $i = - 13 ; $i <= 13 ; $i += . 5 ) {
$tzstring = 'GMT' ;
if ( $i < 0 ) {
2005-04-10 17:51:48 +00:00
$timezones [ sprintf ( " %.1f " , $i )] = $tzstring . $i ;
2005-04-10 17:35:17 +00:00
} else if ( $i > 0 ) {
2005-04-10 17:51:48 +00:00
$timezones [ sprintf ( " %.1f " , $i )] = $tzstring . '+' . $i ;
2005-04-10 17:35:17 +00:00
} else {
2005-04-10 17:51:48 +00:00
$timezones [ sprintf ( " %.1f " , $i )] = $tzstring ;
2005-04-10 17:35:17 +00:00
}
}
2005-04-10 17:51:48 +00:00
return $timezones ;
2005-04-10 17:35:17 +00:00
}
2005-07-22 17:30:05 +00:00
/**
* Returns a list of currencies in the current language
*
* @ uses $CFG
* @ uses $USER
* @ return array
*/
function get_list_of_currencies () {
global $CFG , $USER ;
$lang = current_language ();
2006-02-10 01:16:54 +00:00
if ( ! file_exists ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/currencies.php' )) {
2005-07-22 17:30:05 +00:00
if ( $parentlang = get_string ( 'parentlanguage' )) {
2006-02-10 01:16:54 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $parentlang . '/currencies.php' )) {
2005-07-22 17:30:05 +00:00
$lang = $parentlang ;
} else {
2006-02-10 01:16:54 +00:00
$lang = 'en_utf8' ; // currencies.php must exist in this pack
2005-07-22 17:30:05 +00:00
}
} else {
2006-02-10 01:16:54 +00:00
$lang = 'en_utf8' ; // currencies.php must exist in this pack
2005-07-22 17:30:05 +00:00
}
}
2006-02-10 01:26:16 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/currencies.php' )) {
include_once ( $CFG -> dataroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/currencies.php' );
} else { //if en_utf8 is not installed in dataroot
2006-02-10 01:21:52 +00:00
include_once ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/currencies.php' );
}
2005-07-22 17:30:05 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $string )) {
asort ( $string );
}
return $string ;
}
2005-04-10 17:51:48 +00:00
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Can include a given document file ( depends on second
* parameter ) or just return info about it .
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ param string $file ?
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ param bool $include ?
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ return ?
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
function document_file ( $file , $include = true ) {
2003-01-19 12:37:56 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2002-12-29 14:41:03 +00:00
2003-06-12 11:55:29 +00:00
$file = clean_filename ( $file );
2002-12-29 14:41:03 +00:00
if ( empty ( $file )) {
return false ;
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$langs = array ( current_language (), get_string ( 'parentlanguage' ), 'en' );
2002-12-29 14:41:03 +00:00
2003-06-12 11:55:29 +00:00
foreach ( $langs as $lang ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$info -> filepath = $CFG -> dirroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/docs/' . $file ;
$info -> urlpath = $CFG -> wwwroot . '/lang/' . $lang . '/docs/' . $file ;
2002-12-29 14:41:03 +00:00
2003-06-12 11:55:29 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $info -> filepath )) {
if ( $include ) {
include ( $info -> filepath );
}
return $info ;
2003-01-01 12:03:15 +00:00
}
2002-12-29 14:41:03 +00:00
}
2003-06-12 11:55:29 +00:00
return false ;
2002-12-29 14:41:03 +00:00
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
/// ENCRYPTION ////////////////////////////////////////////////
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* rc4encrypt
*
* @ param string $data ?
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ return string
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
function rc4encrypt ( $data ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$password = 'nfgjeingjk' ;
return endecrypt ( $password , $data , '' );
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* rc4decrypt
*
* @ param string $data ?
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ return string
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
function rc4decrypt ( $data ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$password = 'nfgjeingjk' ;
return endecrypt ( $password , $data , 'de' );
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Based on a class by Mukul Sabharwal [ mukulsabharwal @ yahoo . com ]
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param string $pwd ?
* @ param string $data ?
* @ param string $case ?
* @ return string
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
function endecrypt ( $pwd , $data , $case ) {
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
if ( $case == 'de' ) {
$data = urldecode ( $data );
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$key [] = '' ;
$box [] = '' ;
$temp_swap = '' ;
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
$pwd_length = 0 ;
$pwd_length = strlen ( $pwd );
for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= 255 ; $i ++ ) {
$key [ $i ] = ord ( substr ( $pwd , ( $i % $pwd_length ), 1 ));
$box [ $i ] = $i ;
}
$x = 0 ;
for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= 255 ; $i ++ ) {
$x = ( $x + $box [ $i ] + $key [ $i ]) % 256 ;
$temp_swap = $box [ $i ];
$box [ $i ] = $box [ $x ];
$box [ $x ] = $temp_swap ;
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$temp = '' ;
$k = '' ;
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$cipherby = '' ;
$cipher = '' ;
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
$a = 0 ;
$j = 0 ;
for ( $i = 0 ; $i < strlen ( $data ); $i ++ ) {
$a = ( $a + 1 ) % 256 ;
$j = ( $j + $box [ $a ]) % 256 ;
$temp = $box [ $a ];
$box [ $a ] = $box [ $j ];
$box [ $j ] = $temp ;
$k = $box [(( $box [ $a ] + $box [ $j ]) % 256 )];
$cipherby = ord ( substr ( $data , $i , 1 )) ^ $k ;
$cipher .= chr ( $cipherby );
}
if ( $case == 'de' ) {
$cipher = urldecode ( urlencode ( $cipher ));
} else {
$cipher = urlencode ( $cipher );
}
return $cipher ;
}
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
/// CALENDAR MANAGEMENT ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Call this function to add an event to the calendar table
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* and to call any calendar plugins
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ param array $event An associative array representing an event from the calendar table . The event will be identified by the id field . The object event should include the following :
* < ul >
* < li >< b > $event -> name </ b > - Name for the event
* < li >< b > $event -> description </ b > - Description of the event ( defaults to '' )
2004-09-25 20:27:15 +00:00
* < li >< b > $event -> format </ b > - Format for the description ( using formatting types defined at the top of weblib . php )
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* < li >< b > $event -> courseid </ b > - The id of the course this event belongs to ( 0 = all courses )
* < li >< b > $event -> groupid </ b > - The id of the group this event belongs to ( 0 = no group )
* < li >< b > $event -> userid </ b > - The id of the user this event belongs to ( 0 = no user )
* < li >< b > $event -> modulename </ b > - Name of the module that creates this event
* < li >< b > $event -> instance </ b > - Instance of the module that owns this event
* < li >< b > $event -> eventtype </ b > - The type info together with the module info could
* be used by calendar plugins to decide how to display event
* < li >< b > $event -> timestart </ b >- Timestamp for start of event
* < li >< b > $event -> timeduration </ b > - Duration ( defaults to zero )
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
* < li >< b > $event -> visible </ b > - 0 if the event should be hidden ( e . g . because the activity that created it is hidden )
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* </ ul >
* @ return int The id number of the resulting record
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
function add_event ( $event ) {
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
global $CFG ;
$event -> timemodified = time ();
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( ! $event -> id = insert_record ( 'event' , $event )) {
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
return false ;
}
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> calendar )) { // call the add_event function of the selected calendar
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/calendar/' . $CFG -> calendar . '/lib.php' )) {
include_once ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/calendar/' . $CFG -> calendar . '/lib.php' );
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
$calendar_add_event = $CFG -> calendar . '_add_event' ;
if ( function_exists ( $calendar_add_event )) {
$calendar_add_event ( $event );
}
}
}
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
return $event -> id ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Call this function to update an event in the calendar table
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* the event will be identified by the id field of the $event object .
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ param array $event An associative array representing an event from the calendar table . The event will be identified by the id field .
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
function update_event ( $event ) {
global $CFG ;
$event -> timemodified = time ();
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> calendar )) { // call the update_event function of the selected calendar
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/calendar/' . $CFG -> calendar . '/lib.php' )) {
include_once ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/calendar/' . $CFG -> calendar . '/lib.php' );
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
$calendar_update_event = $CFG -> calendar . '_update_event' ;
if ( function_exists ( $calendar_update_event )) {
$calendar_update_event ( $event );
}
}
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return update_record ( 'event' , $event );
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Call this function to delete the event with id $id from calendar table .
*
2006-08-15 16:53:24 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $id The id of an event from the 'calendar' table .
* @ return array An associative array with the results from the SQL call .
* @ todo Verify return type
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
function delete_event ( $id ) {
global $CFG ;
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> calendar )) { // call the delete_event function of the selected calendar
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/calendar/' . $CFG -> calendar . '/lib.php' )) {
include_once ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/calendar/' . $CFG -> calendar . '/lib.php' );
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
$calendar_delete_event = $CFG -> calendar . '_delete_event' ;
if ( function_exists ( $calendar_delete_event )) {
$calendar_delete_event ( $id );
}
}
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return delete_records ( 'event' , 'id' , $id );
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Call this function to hide an event in the calendar table
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* the event will be identified by the id field of the $event object .
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ param array $event An associative array representing an event from the calendar table . The event will be identified by the id field .
* @ return array An associative array with the results from the SQL call .
* @ todo Verify return type
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2004-05-05 07:07:56 +00:00
function hide_event ( $event ) {
global $CFG ;
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> calendar )) { // call the update_event function of the selected calendar
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/calendar/' . $CFG -> calendar . '/lib.php' )) {
include_once ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/calendar/' . $CFG -> calendar . '/lib.php' );
2004-05-05 07:07:56 +00:00
$calendar_hide_event = $CFG -> calendar . '_hide_event' ;
if ( function_exists ( $calendar_hide_event )) {
$calendar_hide_event ( $event );
}
}
}
return set_field ( 'event' , 'visible' , 0 , 'id' , $event -> id );
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Call this function to unhide an event in the calendar table
* the event will be identified by the id field of the $event object .
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ param array $event An associative array representing an event from the calendar table . The event will be identified by the id field .
* @ return array An associative array with the results from the SQL call .
* @ todo Verify return type
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2004-05-05 07:07:56 +00:00
function show_event ( $event ) {
global $CFG ;
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> calendar )) { // call the update_event function of the selected calendar
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/calendar/' . $CFG -> calendar . '/lib.php' )) {
include_once ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/calendar/' . $CFG -> calendar . '/lib.php' );
2004-05-05 07:07:56 +00:00
$calendar_show_event = $CFG -> calendar . '_show_event' ;
if ( function_exists ( $calendar_show_event )) {
$calendar_show_event ( $event );
}
}
}
return set_field ( 'event' , 'visible' , 1 , 'id' , $event -> id );
}
2004-01-17 09:47:45 +00:00
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
/// ENVIRONMENT CHECKING ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2002-08-17 13:01:06 +00:00
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Lists plugin directories within some directory
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
* @ param string $plugin dir under we 'll look for plugins (defaults to ' mod ' )
* @ param string $exclude dir name to exclude from the list ( defaults to none )
* @ param string $basedir full path to the base dir where $plugin resides ( defaults to $CFG -> dirroot )
* @ return array of plugins found under the requested parameters
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
function get_list_of_plugins ( $plugin = 'mod' , $exclude = '' , $basedir = '' ) {
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
$plugins = array ();
if ( empty ( $basedir )) {
2006-10-09 10:12:41 +00:00
# This switch allows us to use the appropiate theme directory - and potentialy alternatives for other plugins
switch ( $plugin ) {
case " theme " :
$basedir = $CFG -> themedir ;
break ;
default :
$basedir = $CFG -> dirroot . '/' . $plugin ;
}
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
} else {
$basedir = $basedir . '/' . $plugin ;
2005-12-21 02:06:25 +00:00
}
2006-10-09 10:12:41 +00:00
2006-01-07 10:00:49 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $basedir ) && filetype ( $basedir ) == 'dir' ) {
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
$dirhandle = opendir ( $basedir );
while ( false !== ( $dir = readdir ( $dirhandle ))) {
$firstchar = substr ( $dir , 0 , 1 );
if ( $firstchar == '.' or $dir == 'CVS' or $dir == '_vti_cnf' or $dir == $exclude ) {
continue ;
}
if ( filetype ( $basedir . '/' . $dir ) != 'dir' ) {
continue ;
}
$plugins [] = $dir ;
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
}
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
closedir ( $dirhandle );
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
}
if ( $plugins ) {
asort ( $plugins );
}
return $plugins ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Returns true if the current version of PHP is greater that the specified one .
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param string $version The version of php being tested .
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
function check_php_version ( $version = '4.1.0' ) {
2005-05-09 17:24:03 +00:00
return ( version_compare ( phpversion (), $version ) >= 0 );
2002-08-23 02:14:19 +00:00
}
2002-10-10 07:26:10 +00:00
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Checks to see if is a browser matches the specified
* brand and is equal or better version .
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $_SERVER
* @ param string $brand The browser identifier being tested
* @ param int $version The version of the browser
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
function check_browser_version ( $brand = 'MSIE' , $version = 5.5 ) {
2006-10-26 08:55:56 +00:00
if ( empty ( $_SERVER [ 'HTTP_USER_AGENT' ])) {
2002-10-10 07:26:10 +00:00
return false ;
}
2003-10-29 08:06:11 +00:00
2006-10-26 08:55:56 +00:00
$agent = $_SERVER [ 'HTTP_USER_AGENT' ];
2003-10-29 08:06:11 +00:00
switch ( $brand ) {
2006-11-15 08:07:32 +00:00
case 'Camino' : /// Mozilla Firefox browsers
if ( preg_match ( " /Camino \ /([0-9 \ .]+)/i " , $agent , $match )) {
if ( version_compare ( $match [ 1 ], $version ) >= 0 ) {
return true ;
}
}
break ;
2006-09-20 17:51:59 +00:00
case 'Firefox' : /// Mozilla Firefox browsers
if ( preg_match ( " /Firefox \ /([0-9 \ .]+)/i " , $agent , $match )) {
if ( version_compare ( $match [ 1 ], $version ) >= 0 ) {
return true ;
}
}
break ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
case 'Gecko' : /// Gecko based browsers
2003-10-29 08:06:11 +00:00
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
if ( substr_count ( $agent , 'Camino' )) {
// MacOS X Camino support
$version = 20041110 ;
2003-10-29 08:06:11 +00:00
}
// the proper string - Gecko/CCYYMMDD Vendor/Version
2005-09-23 18:38:50 +00:00
// Faster version and work-a-round No IDN problem.
if ( preg_match ( " /Gecko \ /([0-9]+)/i " , $agent , $match )) {
if ( $match [ 1 ] > $version ) {
2003-10-29 08:06:11 +00:00
return true ;
}
}
break ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
case 'MSIE' : /// Internet Explorer
2003-10-29 08:06:11 +00:00
2004-02-10 14:20:44 +00:00
if ( strpos ( $agent , 'Opera' )) { // Reject Opera
return false ;
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$string = explode ( ';' , $agent );
2003-10-29 08:06:11 +00:00
if ( ! isset ( $string [ 1 ])) {
return false ;
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$string = explode ( ' ' , trim ( $string [ 1 ]));
2003-10-29 08:06:11 +00:00
if ( ! isset ( $string [ 0 ]) and ! isset ( $string [ 1 ])) {
return false ;
}
if ( $string [ 0 ] == $brand and ( float ) $string [ 1 ] >= $version ) {
return true ;
}
break ;
2002-10-10 07:26:10 +00:00
}
2003-10-29 08:06:11 +00:00
2002-10-10 07:26:10 +00:00
return false ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* This function makes the return value of ini_get consistent if you are
* setting server directives through the . htaccess file in apache .
* Current behavior for value set from php . ini On = 1 , Off = [ blank ]
* Current behavior for value set from . htaccess On = On , Off = Off
* Contributed by jdell @ unr . edu
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param string $ini_get_arg ?
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
function ini_get_bool ( $ini_get_arg ) {
2003-05-17 02:05:10 +00:00
$temp = ini_get ( $ini_get_arg );
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $temp == '1' or strtolower ( $temp ) == 'on' ) {
2003-05-17 02:05:10 +00:00
return true ;
}
return false ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Compatibility stub to provide backward compatibility
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Determines if the HTML editor is enabled .
* @ deprecated Use { @ link can_use_html_editor ()} instead .
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
function can_use_richtext_editor () {
2003-11-03 15:17:21 +00:00
return can_use_html_editor ();
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
* Determines if the HTML editor is enabled .
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
*
* This depends on site and user
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* settings , as well as the current browser being used .
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ return string | false Returns false if editor is not being used , otherwise
* returns 'MSIE' or 'Gecko' .
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
function can_use_html_editor () {
2002-10-10 07:26:10 +00:00
global $USER , $CFG ;
2003-10-29 08:06:11 +00:00
2003-01-06 13:55:37 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $USER -> htmleditor ) and ! empty ( $CFG -> htmleditor )) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( check_browser_version ( 'MSIE' , 5.5 )) {
return 'MSIE' ;
} else if ( check_browser_version ( 'Gecko' , 20030516 )) {
return 'Gecko' ;
2003-10-29 08:06:11 +00:00
}
2002-10-16 04:53:44 +00:00
}
return false ;
2002-10-10 07:26:10 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Hack to find out the GD version by parsing phpinfo output
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ return int GD version ( 1 , 2 , or 0 )
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2002-09-19 12:01:55 +00:00
function check_gd_version () {
2003-05-01 23:12:05 +00:00
$gdversion = 0 ;
2002-09-19 12:01:55 +00:00
2003-05-01 23:12:05 +00:00
if ( function_exists ( 'gd_info' )){
$gd_info = gd_info ();
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( substr_count ( $gd_info [ 'GD Version' ], '2.' )) {
2003-05-01 23:12:05 +00:00
$gdversion = 2 ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
} else if ( substr_count ( $gd_info [ 'GD Version' ], '1.' )) {
2003-05-19 03:27:13 +00:00
$gdversion = 1 ;
2003-05-01 23:12:05 +00:00
}
2003-05-19 03:27:13 +00:00
2003-05-01 23:12:05 +00:00
} else {
ob_start ();
phpinfo ( 8 );
$phpinfo = ob_get_contents ();
ob_end_clean ();
2002-09-19 12:01:55 +00:00
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
$phpinfo = explode ( " \n " , $phpinfo );
2002-09-19 12:01:55 +00:00
2002-12-28 14:45:54 +00:00
2003-05-01 23:12:05 +00:00
foreach ( $phpinfo as $text ) {
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
$parts = explode ( '</td>' , $text );
2003-05-01 23:12:05 +00:00
foreach ( $parts as $key => $val ) {
$parts [ $key ] = trim ( strip_tags ( $val ));
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $parts [ 0 ] == 'GD Version' ) {
if ( substr_count ( $parts [ 1 ], '2.0' )) {
$parts [ 1 ] = '2.0' ;
2003-05-01 23:12:05 +00:00
}
$gdversion = intval ( $parts [ 1 ]);
2002-12-28 14:45:54 +00:00
}
2002-09-19 12:01:55 +00:00
}
}
return $gdversion ; // 1, 2 or 0
}
2001-11-22 06:23:56 +00:00
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Determine if moodle installation requires update
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Checks version numbers of main code and all modules to see
* if there are any mismatches
*
* @ uses $CFG
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
function moodle_needs_upgrading () {
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
include_once ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/version.php' ); # defines $version and upgrades
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
if ( $CFG -> version ) {
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
if ( $version > $CFG -> version ) {
return true ;
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $mods = get_list_of_plugins ( 'mod' )) {
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
foreach ( $mods as $mod ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$fullmod = $CFG -> dirroot . '/mod/' . $mod ;
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
unset ( $module );
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( ! is_readable ( $fullmod . '/version.php' )) {
notify ( 'Module "' . $mod . '" is not readable - check permissions' );
2003-01-08 09:07:07 +00:00
continue ;
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
include_once ( $fullmod . '/version.php' ); # defines $module with version etc
if ( $currmodule = get_record ( 'modules' , 'name' , $mod )) {
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
if ( $module -> version > $currmodule -> version ) {
return true ;
}
}
}
}
} else {
return true ;
}
return false ;
}
/// MISCELLANEOUS ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Notify admin users or admin user of any failed logins ( since last notification ) .
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ uses $db
2004-09-29 18:56:50 +00:00
* @ uses HOURSECS
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
function notify_login_failures () {
2004-07-29 14:54:25 +00:00
global $CFG , $db ;
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
switch ( $CFG -> notifyloginfailures ) {
case 'mainadmin' :
$recip = array ( get_admin ());
break ;
case 'alladmins' :
$recip = get_admins ();
break ;
}
2004-09-21 11:41:58 +00:00
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
if ( empty ( $CFG -> lastnotifyfailure )) {
$CFG -> lastnotifyfailure = 0 ;
}
2004-09-21 11:41:58 +00:00
// we need to deal with the threshold stuff first.
2004-07-25 14:39:19 +00:00
if ( empty ( $CFG -> notifyloginthreshold )) {
$CFG -> notifyloginthreshold = 10 ; // default to something sensible.
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$notifyipsrs = $db -> Execute ( 'SELECT ip FROM ' . $CFG -> prefix . 'log WHERE time > ' . $CFG -> lastnotifyfailure . '
AND module = \ 'login\' AND action=\'error\' GROUP BY ip HAVING count(*) > ' . $CFG -> notifyloginthreshold );
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$notifyusersrs = $db -> Execute ( 'SELECT info FROM ' . $CFG -> prefix . 'log WHERE time > ' . $CFG -> lastnotifyfailure . '
AND module = \ 'login\' AND action=\'error\' GROUP BY info HAVING count(*) > ' . $CFG -> notifyloginthreshold );
2004-09-21 11:41:58 +00:00
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
if ( $notifyipsrs ) {
2004-07-29 14:54:25 +00:00
$ipstr = '' ;
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
while ( $row = $notifyipsrs -> FetchRow ()) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$ipstr .= " ' " . $row [ 'ip' ] . " ', " ;
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
}
$ipstr = substr ( $ipstr , 0 , strlen ( $ipstr ) - 1 );
}
if ( $notifyusersrs ) {
2004-07-29 14:54:25 +00:00
$userstr = '' ;
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
while ( $row = $notifyusersrs -> FetchRow ()) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$userstr .= " ' " . $row [ 'info' ] . " ', " ;
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
}
$userstr = substr ( $userstr , 0 , strlen ( $userstr ) - 1 );
}
if ( strlen ( $userstr ) > 0 || strlen ( $ipstr ) > 0 ) {
$count = 0 ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$logs = get_logs ( 'time > ' . $CFG -> lastnotifyfailure . ' AND module=\'login\' AND action=\'error\' '
. (( strlen ( $ipstr ) > 0 && strlen ( $userstr ) > 0 ) ? ' AND ( ip IN (' . $ipstr . ') OR info IN (' . $userstr . ') ) '
: (( strlen ( $ipstr ) != 0 ) ? ' AND ip IN (' . $ipstr . ') ' : ' AND info IN (' . $userstr . ') ' )), 'l.time DESC' , '' , '' , $count );
2004-09-21 11:41:58 +00:00
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
// if we haven't run in the last hour and we have something useful to report and we are actually supposed to be reporting to somebody
2004-09-28 05:53:08 +00:00
if ( is_array ( $recip ) and count ( $recip ) > 0 and (( time () - HOURSECS ) > $CFG -> lastnotifyfailure )
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
and is_array ( $logs ) and count ( $logs ) > 0 ) {
2004-09-21 11:41:58 +00:00
2004-07-29 14:54:25 +00:00
$message = '' ;
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
$site = get_site ();
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$subject = get_string ( 'notifyloginfailuressubject' , '' , $site -> fullname );
$message .= get_string ( 'notifyloginfailuresmessagestart' , '' , $CFG -> wwwroot )
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
. (( $CFG -> lastnotifyfailure != 0 ) ? '(' . userdate ( $CFG -> lastnotifyfailure ) . ')' : '' ) . " \n \n " ;
foreach ( $logs as $log ) {
2004-08-03 06:53:04 +00:00
$log -> time = userdate ( $log -> time );
$message .= get_string ( 'notifyloginfailuresmessage' , '' , $log ) . " \n " ;
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
}
$message .= " \n \n " . get_string ( 'notifyloginfailuresmessageend' , '' , $CFG -> wwwroot ) . " \n \n " ;
foreach ( $recip as $admin ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
mtrace ( 'Emailing ' . $admin -> username . ' about ' . count ( $logs ) . ' failed login attempts' );
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
email_to_user ( $admin , get_admin (), $subject , $message );
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$conf -> name = 'lastnotifyfailure' ;
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
$conf -> value = time ();
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $current = get_record ( 'config' , 'name' , 'lastnotifyfailure' )) {
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
$conf -> id = $current -> id ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( ! update_record ( 'config' , $conf )) {
mtrace ( 'Could not update last notify time' );
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
}
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
} else if ( ! insert_record ( 'config' , $conf )) {
mtrace ( 'Could not set last notify time' );
2004-07-25 13:48:55 +00:00
}
}
}
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* moodle_setlocale
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses $CFG
* @ uses $USER
* @ uses $SESSION
* @ param string $locale ?
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2004-06-21 13:07:44 +00:00
function moodle_setlocale ( $locale = '' ) {
global $SESSION , $USER , $CFG ;
2006-07-30 10:39:21 +00:00
static $currentlocale ; // last locale caching
if ( ! isset ( $currentlocale )) {
$currentlocale = '' ;
}
$oldlocale = $currentlocale ;
2006-03-25 12:26:33 +00:00
/// Fetch the correct locale based on ostype
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
if ( $CFG -> ostype == 'WINDOWS' ) {
2006-03-25 12:26:33 +00:00
$stringtofetch = 'localewin' ;
} else {
$stringtofetch = 'locale' ;
}
2006-07-30 10:39:21 +00:00
/// the priority is the same as in get_string() - parameter, config, course, session, user, global language
if ( ! empty ( $locale )) {
$currentlocale = $locale ;
} else if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> locale )) { // override locale for all language packs
$currentlocale = $CFG -> locale ;
} else {
$currentlocale = get_string ( $stringtofetch );
}
/// do nothing if locale already set up
if ( $oldlocale == $currentlocale ) {
return ;
2004-06-21 13:07:44 +00:00
}
2006-03-25 12:26:33 +00:00
/// Due to some strange BUG we cannot set the LC_TIME directly, so we fetch current values,
/// set LC_ALL and then set values again. Just wondering why we cannot set LC_ALL only??? - stronk7
/// Some day, numeric, monetary and other categories should be set too, I think. :-/
/// Get current values
$monetary = setlocale ( LC_MONETARY , 0 );
$numeric = setlocale ( LC_NUMERIC , 0 );
$ctype = setlocale ( LC_CTYPE , 0 );
if ( $CFG -> ostype != 'WINDOWS' ) {
$messages = setlocale ( LC_MESSAGES , 0 );
}
/// Set locale to all
2006-07-30 10:39:21 +00:00
setlocale ( LC_ALL , $currentlocale );
2006-03-25 12:26:33 +00:00
/// Set old values
setlocale ( LC_MONETARY , $monetary );
setlocale ( LC_NUMERIC , $numeric );
if ( $CFG -> ostype != 'WINDOWS' ) {
setlocale ( LC_MESSAGES , $messages );
}
2006-07-30 10:39:21 +00:00
if ( $currentlocale == 'tr_TR' or $currentlocale == 'tr_TR.UTF-8' ) { // To workaround a well-known PHP problem with Turkish letter Ii
2006-03-25 12:26:33 +00:00
setlocale ( LC_CTYPE , $ctype );
2004-06-21 13:07:44 +00:00
}
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Converts string to lowercase using most compatible function available .
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param string $string The string to convert to all lowercase characters .
* @ param string $encoding The encoding on the string .
* @ return string
* @ todo Add examples of calling this function with / without encoding types
2006-11-11 17:23:20 +00:00
* @ deprecated Use textlib -> strtolower ( $text ) instead .
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2003-04-21 16:39:43 +00:00
function moodle_strtolower ( $string , $encoding = '' ) {
2006-06-10 10:40:16 +00:00
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
//If not specified use utf8
2006-06-10 10:40:16 +00:00
if ( empty ( $encoding )) {
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
$encoding = 'UTF-8' ;
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
}
2006-06-10 10:40:16 +00:00
//Use text services
$textlib = textlib_get_instance ();
return $textlib -> strtolower ( $string , $encoding );
2003-04-21 16:39:43 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Count words in a string .
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Words are defined as things between whitespace .
*
* @ param string $string The text to be searched for words .
* @ return int The count of words in the specified string
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
function count_words ( $string ) {
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
$string = strip_tags ( $string );
return count ( preg_split ( " / \ w \ b/ " , $string )) - 1 ;
}
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
/** Count letters in a string .
*
* Letters are defined as chars not in tags and different from whitespace .
*
* @ param string $string The text to be searched for letters .
* @ return int The count of letters in the specified text .
*/
function count_letters ( $string ) {
/// Loading the textlib singleton instance. We are going to need it.
$textlib = textlib_get_instance ();
$string = strip_tags ( $string ); // Tags are out now
$string = ereg_replace ( '[[:space:]]*' , '' , $string ); //Whitespace are out now
2006-11-11 16:07:53 +00:00
return $textlib -> strlen ( $string );
2006-01-04 08:23:42 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Generate and return a random string of the specified length .
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $length The length of the string to be created .
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ return string
*/
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
function random_string ( $length = 15 ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' ;
$pool .= 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' ;
$pool .= '0123456789' ;
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
$poollen = strlen ( $pool );
mt_srand (( double ) microtime () * 1000000 );
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$string = '' ;
2002-12-23 03:07:01 +00:00
for ( $i = 0 ; $i < $length ; $i ++ ) {
$string .= substr ( $pool , ( mt_rand () % ( $poollen )), 1 );
}
return $string ;
}
2005-04-14 17:03:11 +00:00
/*
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
* Given some text ( which may contain HTML ) and an ideal length ,
2005-04-14 17:03:11 +00:00
* this function truncates the text neatly on a word boundary if possible
*/
function shorten_text ( $text , $ideal = 30 ) {
global $CFG ;
$i = 0 ;
$tag = false ;
$length = strlen ( $text );
$count = 0 ;
$stopzone = false ;
$truncate = 0 ;
if ( $length <= $ideal ) {
return $text ;
}
for ( $i = 0 ; $i < $length ; $i ++ ) {
$char = $text [ $i ];
switch ( $char ) {
case " < " :
$tag = true ;
break ;
case " > " :
$tag = false ;
break ;
default :
if ( ! $tag ) {
if ( $stopzone ) {
if ( $char == '.' or $char == ' ' ) {
$truncate = $i + 1 ;
break 2 ;
2006-09-28 00:13:07 +00:00
} else if ( ord ( $char ) >= 0xE0 ) { // Chinese/Japanese/Korean text
$truncate = $i ; // can be truncated at any UTF-8
break 2 ; // character boundary.
2005-04-14 17:03:11 +00:00
}
}
$count ++ ;
}
break ;
}
if ( ! $stopzone ) {
if ( $count > $ideal ) {
$stopzone = true ;
}
}
}
if ( ! $truncate ) {
$truncate = $i ;
}
$ellipse = ( $truncate < $length ) ? '...' : '' ;
return substr ( $text , 0 , $truncate ) . $ellipse ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Given dates in seconds , how many weeks is the date from startdate
* The first week is 1 , the second 2 etc ...
*
2004-09-29 18:56:50 +00:00
* @ uses WEEKSECS
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param ? $startdate ?
* @ param ? $thedate ?
* @ return string
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
function getweek ( $startdate , $thedate ) {
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
if ( $thedate < $startdate ) { // error
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
return 0 ;
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
}
2004-09-28 05:53:08 +00:00
return floor (( $thedate - $startdate ) / WEEKSECS ) + 1 ;
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* returns a randomly generated password of length $maxlen . inspired by
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* { @ link http :// www . phpbuilder . com / columns / jesus19990502 . php3 }
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $maxlength The maximum size of the password being generated .
* @ return string
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
function generate_password ( $maxlen = 10 ) {
global $CFG ;
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$fillers = '1234567890!$-+' ;
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
$wordlist = file ( $CFG -> wordlist );
srand (( double ) microtime () * 1000000 );
$word1 = trim ( $wordlist [ rand ( 0 , count ( $wordlist ) - 1 )]);
$word2 = trim ( $wordlist [ rand ( 0 , count ( $wordlist ) - 1 )]);
$filler1 = $fillers [ rand ( 0 , strlen ( $fillers ) - 1 )];
return substr ( $word1 . $filler1 . $word2 , 0 , $maxlen );
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Given a float , prints it nicely
*
* @ param float $num The float to print
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $places The number of decimal places to print .
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ return string
*/
2004-03-25 15:29:40 +00:00
function format_float ( $num , $places = 1 ) {
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
return sprintf ( " %. $places " . " f " , $num );
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Given a simple array , this shuffles it up just like shuffle ()
* Unlike PHP ' s shuffle () ihis function works on any machine .
*
* @ param array $array The array to be rearranged
* @ return array
*/
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
function swapshuffle ( $array ) {
2003-02-24 09:34:10 +00:00
srand (( double ) microtime () * 10000000 );
$last = count ( $array ) - 1 ;
for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $last ; $i ++ ) {
$from = rand ( 0 , $last );
$curr = $array [ $i ];
$array [ $i ] = $array [ $from ];
$array [ $from ] = $curr ;
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
}
2003-02-24 09:34:10 +00:00
return $array ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Like { @ link swapshuffle ()}, but works on associative arrays
*
* @ param array $array The associative array to be rearranged
* @ return array
*/
2003-04-10 13:45:07 +00:00
function swapshuffle_assoc ( $array ) {
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
///
2003-04-10 13:45:07 +00:00
$newkeys = swapshuffle ( array_keys ( $array ));
foreach ( $newkeys as $newkey ) {
$newarray [ $newkey ] = $array [ $newkey ];
}
return $newarray ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Given an arbitrary array , and a number of draws ,
* this function returns an array with that amount
* of items . The indexes are retained .
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param array $array ?
* @ param ? $draws ?
* @ return ?
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2003-02-24 09:34:10 +00:00
function draw_rand_array ( $array , $draws ) {
srand (( double ) microtime () * 10000000 );
$return = array ();
$last = count ( $array );
if ( $draws > $last ) {
$draws = $last ;
}
while ( $draws > 0 ) {
$last -- ;
$keys = array_keys ( $array );
$rand = rand ( 0 , $last );
$return [ $keys [ $rand ]] = $array [ $keys [ $rand ]];
unset ( $array [ $keys [ $rand ]]);
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
2003-02-24 09:34:10 +00:00
$draws -- ;
}
return $return ;
2004-04-01 10:11:20 +00:00
}
2002-12-20 14:44:14 +00:00
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* microtime_diff
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param string $a ?
* @ param string $b ?
* @ return string
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2003-04-27 08:13:45 +00:00
function microtime_diff ( $a , $b ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
list ( $a_dec , $a_sec ) = explode ( ' ' , $a );
list ( $b_dec , $b_sec ) = explode ( ' ' , $b );
2003-04-27 08:13:45 +00:00
return $b_sec - $a_sec + $b_dec - $a_dec ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Given a list ( eg a , b , c , d , e ) this function returns
* an array of 1 -> a , 2 -> b , 3 -> c etc
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param array $list ?
* @ param string $separator ?
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
function make_menu_from_list ( $list , $separator = ',' ) {
2003-08-15 13:59:24 +00:00
$array = array_reverse ( explode ( $separator , $list ), true );
foreach ( $array as $key => $item ) {
$outarray [ $key + 1 ] = trim ( $item );
}
return $outarray ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Creates an array that represents all the current grades that
* can be chosen using the given grading type . Negative numbers
* are scales , zero is no grade , and positive numbers are maximum
* grades .
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $gradingtype ?
* return int
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2003-08-18 05:10:35 +00:00
function make_grades_menu ( $gradingtype ) {
$grades = array ();
if ( $gradingtype < 0 ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( $scale = get_record ( 'scale' , 'id' , - $gradingtype )) {
2003-08-18 05:10:35 +00:00
return make_menu_from_list ( $scale -> scale );
}
} else if ( $gradingtype > 0 ) {
for ( $i = $gradingtype ; $i >= 0 ; $i -- ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$grades [ $i ] = $i . ' / ' . $gradingtype ;
2003-08-18 05:10:35 +00:00
}
return $grades ;
}
return $grades ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* This function returns the nummber of activities
* using scaleid in a courseid
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $courseid ?
* @ param int $scaleid ?
* @ return int
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
function course_scale_used ( $courseid , $scaleid ) {
2004-05-16 00:36:00 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2004-06-25 07:38:44 +00:00
2004-05-16 00:36:00 +00:00
$return = 0 ;
if ( ! empty ( $scaleid )) {
if ( $cms = get_course_mods ( $courseid )) {
foreach ( $cms as $cm ) {
//Check cm->name/lib.php exists
if ( file_exists ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/mod/' . $cm -> modname . '/lib.php' )) {
include_once ( $CFG -> dirroot . '/mod/' . $cm -> modname . '/lib.php' );
$function_name = $cm -> modname . '_scale_used' ;
if ( function_exists ( $function_name )) {
if ( $function_name ( $cm -> instance , $scaleid )) {
$return ++ ;
}
}
}
}
}
}
return $return ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* This function returns the nummber of activities
* using scaleid in the entire site
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param int $scaleid ?
* @ return int
* @ todo Finish documenting this function . Is return type correct ?
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
2004-11-22 05:22:20 +00:00
function site_scale_used ( $scaleid , & $courses ) {
2004-05-16 00:36:00 +00:00
global $CFG ;
$return = 0 ;
2004-11-22 05:22:20 +00:00
if ( ! is_array ( $courses ) || count ( $courses ) == 0 ) {
$courses = get_courses ( " all " , false , " c.id,c.shortname " );
}
2004-05-16 00:36:00 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $scaleid )) {
2004-11-22 05:22:20 +00:00
if ( is_array ( $courses ) && count ( $courses ) > 0 ) {
2004-05-16 00:36:00 +00:00
foreach ( $courses as $course ) {
$return += course_scale_used ( $course -> id , $scaleid );
}
}
}
return $return ;
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* make_unique_id_code
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ param string $extra ?
* @ return string
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
function make_unique_id_code ( $extra = '' ) {
2003-08-23 12:22:27 +00:00
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$hostname = 'unknownhost' ;
if ( ! empty ( $_SERVER [ 'HTTP_HOST' ])) {
$hostname = $_SERVER [ 'HTTP_HOST' ];
} else if ( ! empty ( $_ENV [ 'HTTP_HOST' ])) {
$hostname = $_ENV [ 'HTTP_HOST' ];
} else if ( ! empty ( $_SERVER [ 'SERVER_NAME' ])) {
$hostname = $_SERVER [ 'SERVER_NAME' ];
} else if ( ! empty ( $_ENV [ 'SERVER_NAME' ])) {
$hostname = $_ENV [ 'SERVER_NAME' ];
2003-08-23 12:22:27 +00:00
}
2003-08-23 12:25:50 +00:00
$date = gmdate ( " ymdHis " );
2003-08-23 12:22:27 +00:00
$random = random_string ( 6 );
2003-08-23 14:18:44 +00:00
if ( $extra ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return $hostname . '+' . $date . '+' . $random . '+' . $extra ;
2003-08-23 14:18:44 +00:00
} else {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
return $hostname . '+' . $date . '+' . $random ;
2003-08-23 14:18:44 +00:00
}
2003-08-23 12:22:27 +00:00
}
2002-10-10 07:26:10 +00:00
2004-07-08 07:52:01 +00:00
/**
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Function to check the passed address is within the passed subnet
*
* The parameter is a comma separated string of subnet definitions .
2006-10-16 13:38:36 +00:00
* Subnet strings can be in one of three formats :
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* 1 : xxx . xxx . xxx . xxx / xx
* 2 : xxx . xxx
2006-10-16 13:38:36 +00:00
* 3 : xxx . xxx . xxx . xxx - xxx //a range of IP addresses in the last group.
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* Code for type 1 modified from user posted comments by mediator at
* { @ link http :// au . php . net / manual / en / function . ip2long . php }
*
* @ param string $addr The address you are checking
* @ param string $subnetstr The string of subnet addresses
2005-07-12 02:06:33 +00:00
* @ return bool
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
*/
2004-07-08 07:52:01 +00:00
function address_in_subnet ( $addr , $subnetstr ) {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
$subnets = explode ( ',' , $subnetstr );
2004-07-08 07:52:01 +00:00
$found = false ;
$addr = trim ( $addr );
foreach ( $subnets as $subnet ) {
$subnet = trim ( $subnet );
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
if ( strpos ( $subnet , '/' ) !== false ) { /// type 1
2004-07-08 07:52:01 +00:00
list ( $ip , $mask ) = explode ( '/' , $subnet );
$mask = 0xffffffff << ( 32 - $mask );
$found = (( ip2long ( $addr ) & $mask ) == ( ip2long ( $ip ) & $mask ));
2006-10-16 13:38:36 +00:00
} else if ( strpos ( $subnet , '-' ) !== false ) { /// type 3
$subnetparts = explode ( '.' , $subnet );
$addrparts = explode ( '.' , $addr );
$subnetrange = explode ( '-' , array_pop ( $subnetparts ));
if ( count ( $subnetrange ) == 2 ) {
$lastaddrpart = array_pop ( $addrparts );
$found = ( $subnetparts == $addrparts &&
$subnetrange [ 0 ] <= $lastaddrpart && $lastaddrpart <= $subnetrange [ 1 ]);
}
2004-07-08 07:52:01 +00:00
} else { /// type 2
$found = ( strpos ( $addr , $subnet ) === 0 );
}
if ( $found ) {
2005-03-10 02:36:51 +00:00
break ;
2004-07-08 07:52:01 +00:00
}
}
return $found ;
}
2005-07-14 19:44:42 +00:00
/**
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
* This function sets the $HTTPSPAGEREQUIRED global
2005-07-14 19:44:42 +00:00
* ( used in some parts of moodle to change some links )
* and calculate the proper wwwroot to be used
*
* By using this function properly , we can ensure 100 % https - ized pages
* at our entire discretion ( login , forgot_password , change_password )
*/
function httpsrequired () {
global $CFG , $HTTPSPAGEREQUIRED ;
if ( ! empty ( $CFG -> loginhttps )) {
$HTTPSPAGEREQUIRED = true ;
2005-08-09 15:16:23 +00:00
$CFG -> httpswwwroot = str_replace ( 'http:' , 'https:' , $CFG -> wwwroot );
2006-10-09 10:12:41 +00:00
$CFG -> httpsthemewww = str_replace ( 'http:' , 'https:' , $CFG -> themewww );
2005-07-14 19:44:42 +00:00
} else {
$CFG -> httpswwwroot = $CFG -> wwwroot ;
2006-10-09 10:12:41 +00:00
$CFG -> httpsthemewww = $CFG -> themewww ;
2005-07-14 19:44:42 +00:00
}
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* For outputting debugging info
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ uses STDOUT
* @ param string $string ?
* @ param string $eol ?
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
* @ todo Finish documenting this function
*/
2005-02-19 14:48:44 +00:00
function mtrace ( $string , $eol = " \n " , $sleep = 0 ) {
2004-08-07 03:59:53 +00:00
if ( defined ( 'STDOUT' )) {
fwrite ( STDOUT , $string . $eol );
} else {
2004-09-22 14:39:15 +00:00
echo $string . $eol ;
2004-08-07 03:59:53 +00:00
}
2004-08-05 17:08:46 +00:00
flush ();
2005-02-19 14:48:44 +00:00
//delay to keep message on user's screen in case of subsequent redirect
if ( $sleep ) {
sleep ( $sleep );
}
2004-08-05 17:08:46 +00:00
}
2004-10-16 11:39:52 +00:00
//Replace 1 or more slashes or backslashes to 1 slash
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
function cleardoubleslashes ( $path ) {
return preg_replace ( '/(\/|\\\){1,}/' , '/' , $path );
}
function zip_files ( $originalfiles , $destination ) {
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
//Zip an array of files/dirs to a destination zip file
//Both parameters must be FULL paths to the files/dirs
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
global $CFG ;
//Extract everything from destination
$path_parts = pathinfo ( cleardoubleslashes ( $destination ));
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
$destpath = $path_parts [ " dirname " ]; //The path of the zip file
$destfilename = $path_parts [ " basename " ]; //The name of the zip file
$extension = $path_parts [ " extension " ]; //The extension of the file
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
//If no file, error
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
if ( empty ( $destfilename )) {
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
return false ;
}
//If no extension, add it
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
if ( empty ( $extension )) {
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
$extension = 'zip' ;
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
$destfilename = $destfilename . '.' . $extension ;
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
}
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
//Check destination path exists
if ( ! is_dir ( $destpath )) {
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
return false ;
}
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
//Check destination path is writable. TODO!!
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
//Clean destination filename
$destfilename = clean_filename ( $destfilename );
//Now check and prepare every file
$files = array ();
$origpath = NULL ;
foreach ( $originalfiles as $file ) { //Iterate over each file
//Check for every file
$tempfile = cleardoubleslashes ( $file ); // no doubleslashes!
//Calculate the base path for all files if it isn't set
if ( $origpath === NULL ) {
$origpath = rtrim ( cleardoubleslashes ( dirname ( $tempfile )), " / " );
}
//See if the file is readable
if ( ! is_readable ( $tempfile )) { //Is readable
continue ;
}
//See if the file/dir is in the same directory than the rest
if ( rtrim ( cleardoubleslashes ( dirname ( $tempfile )), " / " ) != $origpath ) {
continue ;
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
}
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
//Add the file to the array
$files [] = $tempfile ;
}
//Everything is ready:
// -$origpath is the path where ALL the files to be compressed reside (dir).
// -$destpath is the destination path where the zip file will go (dir).
// -$files is an array of files/dirs to compress (fullpath)
// -$destfilename is the name of the zip file (without path)
//print_object($files); //Debug
if ( empty ( $CFG -> zip )) { // Use built-in php-based zip function
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
include_once ( " $CFG->libdir /pclzip/pclzip.lib.php " );
2006-10-19 22:13:03 +00:00
//rewrite filenames because the old method with PCLZIP_OPT_REMOVE_PATH does not work under win32
$zipfiles = array ();
$start = strlen ( $origpath ) + 1 ;
foreach ( $files as $file ) {
$tf = array ();
$tf [ PCLZIP_ATT_FILE_NAME ] = $file ;
$tf [ PCLZIP_ATT_FILE_NEW_FULL_NAME ] = substr ( $file , $start );
$zipfiles [] = $tf ;
}
//create the archive
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
$archive = new PclZip ( cleardoubleslashes ( " $destpath / $destfilename " ));
2006-10-19 22:13:03 +00:00
if (( $list = $archive -> create ( $zipfiles ) == 0 )) {
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
notice ( $archive -> errorInfo ( true ));
return false ;
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
}
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
} else { // Use external zip program
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
$filestozip = " " ;
foreach ( $files as $filetozip ) {
$filestozip .= escapeshellarg ( basename ( $filetozip ));
$filestozip .= " " ;
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
}
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
//Construct the command
2006-12-29 22:52:01 +00:00
if ( strtoupper ( substr ( PHP_OS , 0 , 3 )) === 'WIN' ) {
$separator = ' &' ;
$command = substr ( $CFG -> dataroot , 0 , 2 ) . $separator ; // change to drive with moodledata
} else {
$separator = ' ;' ;
$command = '' ;
}
$command .= 'cd ' . escapeshellarg ( $origpath ) . $separator .
2004-10-10 01:07:47 +00:00
escapeshellarg ( $CFG -> zip ) . ' -r ' .
escapeshellarg ( cleardoubleslashes ( " $destpath / $destfilename " )) . ' ' . $filestozip ;
2004-10-10 23:25:57 +00:00
//All converted to backslashes in WIN
if ( strtoupper ( substr ( PHP_OS , 0 , 3 )) === 'WIN' ) {
$command = str_replace ( '/' , '\\' , $command );
}
2004-10-08 06:11:17 +00:00
Exec ( $command );
}
return true ;
}
2004-10-16 16:33:40 +00:00
function unzip_file ( $zipfile , $destination = '' , $showstatus = true ) {
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
//Unzip one zip file to a destination dir
//Both parameters must be FULL paths
//If destination isn't specified, it will be the
//SAME directory where the zip file resides.
global $CFG ;
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
//Extract everything from zipfile
$path_parts = pathinfo ( cleardoubleslashes ( $zipfile ));
$zippath = $path_parts [ " dirname " ]; //The path of the zip file
$zipfilename = $path_parts [ " basename " ]; //The name of the zip file
$extension = $path_parts [ " extension " ]; //The extension of the file
//If no file, error
if ( empty ( $zipfilename )) {
return false ;
}
//If no extension, error
if ( empty ( $extension )) {
return false ;
}
2005-10-02 18:40:13 +00:00
//Clear $zipfile
$zipfile = cleardoubleslashes ( $zipfile );
//Check zipfile exists
if ( ! file_exists ( $zipfile )) {
return false ;
}
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
//If no destination, passed let's go with the same directory
if ( empty ( $destination )) {
$destination = $zippath ;
}
//Clear $destination
$destpath = rtrim ( cleardoubleslashes ( $destination ), " / " );
//Check destination path exists
if ( ! is_dir ( $destpath )) {
return false ;
}
//Check destination path is writable. TODO!!
//Everything is ready:
// -$zippath is the path where the zip file resides (dir)
// -$zipfilename is the name of the zip file (without path)
// -$destpath is the destination path where the zip file will uncompressed (dir)
if ( empty ( $CFG -> unzip )) { // Use built-in php-based unzip function
include_once ( " $CFG->libdir /pclzip/pclzip.lib.php " );
$archive = new PclZip ( cleardoubleslashes ( " $zippath / $zipfilename " ));
if ( ! $list = $archive -> extract ( PCLZIP_OPT_PATH , $destpath ,
2006-08-30 08:51:57 +00:00
PCLZIP_CB_PRE_EXTRACT , 'unzip_cleanfilename' ,
PCLZIP_OPT_EXTRACT_DIR_RESTRICTION , $destpath )) {
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
notice ( $archive -> errorInfo ( true ));
return false ;
}
} else { // Use external unzip program
$separator = strtoupper ( substr ( PHP_OS , 0 , 3 )) === 'WIN' ? ' &' : ' ;' ;
$redirection = strtoupper ( substr ( PHP_OS , 0 , 3 )) === 'WIN' ? '' : ' 2>&1' ;
$command = 'cd ' . escapeshellarg ( $zippath ) . $separator .
escapeshellarg ( $CFG -> unzip ) . ' -o ' .
escapeshellarg ( cleardoubleslashes ( " $zippath / $zipfilename " )) . ' -d ' .
escapeshellarg ( $destpath ) . $redirection ;
2004-10-10 23:25:57 +00:00
//All converted to backslashes in WIN
if ( strtoupper ( substr ( PHP_OS , 0 , 3 )) === 'WIN' ) {
$command = str_replace ( '/' , '\\' , $command );
}
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
Exec ( $command , $list );
}
//Display some info about the unzip execution
2004-10-16 16:33:40 +00:00
if ( $showstatus ) {
unzip_show_status ( $list , $destpath );
}
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
return true ;
}
2004-10-17 22:28:53 +00:00
function unzip_cleanfilename ( $p_event , & $p_header ) {
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
//This function is used as callback in unzip_file() function
2004-10-17 22:28:53 +00:00
//to clean illegal characters for given platform and to prevent directory traversal.
//Produces the same result as info-zip unzip.
2004-10-17 23:44:16 +00:00
$p_header [ 'filename' ] = ereg_replace ( '[[:cntrl:]]' , '' , $p_header [ 'filename' ]); //strip control chars first!
2004-10-17 22:28:53 +00:00
$p_header [ 'filename' ] = ereg_replace ( '\.\.+' , '' , $p_header [ 'filename' ]); //directory traversal protection
if ( strtoupper ( substr ( PHP_OS , 0 , 3 )) === 'WIN' ) {
$p_header [ 'filename' ] = ereg_replace ( '[:*"?<>|]' , '_' , $p_header [ 'filename' ]); //replace illegal chars
$p_header [ 'filename' ] = ereg_replace ( '^([a-zA-Z])_' , '\1:' , $p_header [ 'filename' ]); //repair drive letter
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
} else {
2004-10-17 22:28:53 +00:00
//Add filtering for other systems here
// BSD: none (tested)
// Linux: ??
// MacosX: ??
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
}
2004-10-17 22:28:53 +00:00
$p_header [ 'filename' ] = cleardoubleslashes ( $p_header [ 'filename' ]); //normalize the slashes/backslashes
return 1 ;
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
}
2004-10-10 22:48:59 +00:00
function unzip_show_status ( $list , $removepath ) {
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
//This function shows the results of the unzip execution
//depending of the value of the $CFG->zip, results will be
//text or an array of files.
global $CFG ;
if ( empty ( $CFG -> unzip )) { // Use built-in php-based zip function
2004-10-10 22:48:59 +00:00
$strname = get_string ( " name " );
$strsize = get_string ( " size " );
$strmodified = get_string ( " modified " );
$strstatus = get_string ( " status " );
2005-03-13 13:50:23 +00:00
echo " <table cellpadding= \" 4 \" cellspacing= \" 2 \" border= \" 0 \" width= \" 640 \" > " ;
2006-12-13 08:24:23 +00:00
echo " <tr><th class= \" header \" align= \" left \" scope= \" col \" > $strname </th> " ;
echo " <th class= \" header \" align= \" right \" scope= \" col \" > $strsize </th> " ;
echo " <th class= \" header \" align= \" right \" scope= \" col \" > $strmodified </th> " ;
echo " <th class= \" header \" align= \" right \" scope= \" col \" > $strstatus </th></tr> " ;
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
foreach ( $list as $item ) {
echo " <tr> " ;
2004-10-10 22:48:59 +00:00
$item [ 'filename' ] = str_replace ( cleardoubleslashes ( $removepath ) . '/' , " " , $item [ 'filename' ]);
2006-07-12 05:57:28 +00:00
print_cell ( " left " , s ( $item [ 'filename' ]));
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
if ( ! $item [ 'folder' ]) {
print_cell ( " right " , display_size ( $item [ 'size' ]));
} else {
echo " <td> </td> " ;
}
$filedate = userdate ( $item [ 'mtime' ], get_string ( " strftimedatetime " ));
print_cell ( " right " , $filedate );
print_cell ( " right " , $item [ 'status' ]);
echo " </tr> " ;
}
echo " </table> " ;
} else { // Use external zip program
print_simple_box_start ( " center " );
2005-03-13 13:50:23 +00:00
echo " <pre> " ;
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
foreach ( $list as $item ) {
2006-07-12 05:57:28 +00:00
echo s ( str_replace ( cleardoubleslashes ( $removepath . '/' ), '' , $item )) . '<br />' ;
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
}
2005-03-13 13:50:23 +00:00
echo " </pre> " ;
2004-10-10 21:46:13 +00:00
print_simple_box_end ();
}
}
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
/**
* Returns most reliable client address
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
*
2004-09-25 01:29:37 +00:00
* @ return string The remote IP address
2004-09-23 05:10:21 +00:00
*/
function getremoteaddr () {
2005-04-01 07:40:07 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $_SERVER [ 'HTTP_CLIENT_IP' ])) {
2005-08-18 01:44:47 +00:00
return cleanremoteaddr ( $_SERVER [ 'HTTP_CLIENT_IP' ]);
2005-04-01 07:40:07 +00:00
}
if ( ! empty ( $_SERVER [ 'HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR' ])) {
2005-08-18 01:44:47 +00:00
return cleanremoteaddr ( $_SERVER [ 'HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR' ]);
2005-04-01 07:40:07 +00:00
}
if ( ! empty ( $_SERVER [ 'REMOTE_ADDR' ])) {
2005-08-18 01:44:47 +00:00
return cleanremoteaddr ( $_SERVER [ 'REMOTE_ADDR' ]);
2005-04-01 07:40:07 +00:00
}
return '' ;
2004-11-22 18:38:33 +00:00
}
2004-08-05 17:08:46 +00:00
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
/**
2005-08-18 01:44:47 +00:00
* Cleans a remote address ready to put into the log table
*/
function cleanremoteaddr ( $addr ) {
2005-09-08 23:04:23 +00:00
$originaladdr = $addr ;
$matches = array ();
// first get all things that look like IP addresses.
if ( ! preg_match_all ( '/(\d{1,3}\.\d{1,3}\.\d{1,3}\.\d{1,3})/' , $addr , $matches , PREG_SET_ORDER )) {
return '' ;
}
$goodmatches = array ();
$lanmatches = array ();
foreach ( $matches as $match ) {
// print_r($match);
// check to make sure it's not an internal address.
// the following are reserved for private lans...
// 10.0.0.0 - 10.255.255.255
// 172.16.0.0 - 172.31.255.255
// 192.168.0.0 - 192.168.255.255
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
// 169.254.0.0 -169.254.255.255
2005-09-08 23:04:23 +00:00
$bits = explode ( '.' , $match [ 0 ]);
if ( count ( $bits ) != 4 ) {
// weird, preg match shouldn't give us it.
continue ;
}
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
if (( $bits [ 0 ] == 10 )
2005-09-08 23:04:23 +00:00
|| ( $bits [ 0 ] == 172 && $bits [ 1 ] >= 16 && $bits [ 1 ] <= 31 )
|| ( $bits [ 0 ] == 192 && $bits [ 1 ] == 168 )
|| ( $bits [ 0 ] == 169 && $bits [ 1 ] == 254 )) {
$lanmatches [] = $match [ 0 ];
continue ;
}
// finally, it's ok
$goodmatches [] = $match [ 0 ];
}
if ( ! count ( $goodmatches )) {
// perhaps we have a lan match, it's probably better to return that.
if ( ! count ( $lanmatches )) {
return '' ;
} else {
return array_pop ( $lanmatches );
}
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
}
2005-09-08 23:04:23 +00:00
if ( count ( $goodmatches ) == 1 ) {
return $goodmatches [ 0 ];
}
error_log ( " NOTICE: cleanremoteaddr gives us something funny: $originaladdr had " . count ( $goodmatches ) . " matches " );
// we need to return something, so
return array_pop ( $goodmatches );
2005-08-18 01:44:47 +00:00
}
2006-07-11 17:42:21 +00:00
/**
* file_put_contents is only supported by php 5.0 and higher
* so if it is not predefined , define it here
*
* @ param $file full path of the file to write
* @ param $contents contents to be sent
* @ return number of bytes written ( false on error )
*/
if ( ! function_exists ( 'file_put_contents' )) {
function file_put_contents ( $file , $contents ) {
$result = false ;
if ( $f = fopen ( $file , 'w' )) {
$result = fwrite ( $f , $contents );
fclose ( $f );
}
return $result ;
}
}
2005-03-16 22:15:36 +00:00
/**
* The clone keyword is only supported from PHP 5 onwards .
* The behaviour of $obj2 = $obj1 differs fundamentally
* between PHP 4 and PHP 5. In PHP 4 a copy of $obj1 was
* created , in PHP 5 $obj1 is referenced . To create a copy
* in PHP 5 the clone keyword was introduced . This function
* simulates this behaviour for PHP < 5.0 . 0.
* See also : http :// mjtsai . com / blog / 2004 / 07 / 15 / php - 5 - object - references /
*
2005-09-29 16:38:26 +00:00
* Modified 2005 - 09 - 29 by Eloy ( from Julian Sedding proposal )
* Found a better implementation ( more checks and possibilities ) from PEAR :
* http :// cvs . php . net / co . php / pear / PHP_Compat / Compat / Function / clone . php
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
*
2005-03-16 22:15:36 +00:00
* @ param object $obj
* @ return object
*/
if ( ! check_php_version ( '5.0.0' )) {
// the eval is needed to prevent PHP 5 from getting a parse error!
eval ( '
function clone ( $obj ) {
2005-09-29 16:38:26 +00:00
/// Sanity check
if ( ! is_object ( $obj )) {
user_error ( \ ' clone () __clone method called on non - object\ ' , E_USER_WARNING );
return ;
}
/// Use serialize/unserialize trick to deep copy the object
$obj = unserialize ( serialize ( $obj ));
/// If there is a __clone method call it on the "new" class
if ( method_exists ( $obj , \ ' __clone\ ' )) {
$obj -> __clone ();
}
2005-03-16 22:15:36 +00:00
return $obj ;
}
2006-06-30 14:59:05 +00:00
// Supply the PHP5 function scandir() to older versions.
function scandir ( $directory ) {
$files = array ();
if ( $dh = opendir ( $directory )) {
while (( $file = readdir ( $dh )) !== false ) {
$files [] = $file ;
}
closedir ( $dh );
}
return $files ;
}
// Supply the PHP5 function array_combine() to older versions.
function array_combine ( $keys , $values ) {
if ( ! is_array ( $keys ) || ! is_array ( $values ) || count ( $keys ) != count ( $values )) {
return false ;
}
reset ( $values );
$result = array ();
foreach ( $keys as $key ) {
$result [ $key ] = current ( $values );
next ( $values );
}
return $result ;
}
2005-03-16 22:15:36 +00:00
' );
}
2006-04-26 04:39:34 +00:00
/**
* This function will make a complete copy of anything it ' s given ,
* regardless of whether it ' s an object or not .
* @ param mixed $thing
* @ return mixed
*/
function fullclone ( $thing ) {
return unserialize ( serialize ( $thing ));
}
2004-12-30 12:54:22 +00:00
/**
2005-02-25 06:08:40 +00:00
* If new messages are waiting for the current user , then return
2004-12-30 12:54:22 +00:00
* Javascript code to create a popup window
*
* @ return string Javascript code
*/
function message_popup_window () {
global $USER ;
$popuplimit = 30 ; // Minimum seconds between popups
if ( ! defined ( 'MESSAGE_WINDOW' )) {
if ( isset ( $USER -> id )) {
if ( ! isset ( $USER -> message_lastpopup )) {
$USER -> message_lastpopup = 0 ;
}
if (( time () - $USER -> message_lastpopup ) > $popuplimit ) { /// It's been long enough
if ( get_user_preferences ( 'message_showmessagewindow' , 1 ) == 1 ) {
if ( count_records_select ( 'message' , 'useridto = \'' . $USER -> id . '\' AND timecreated > \'' . $USER -> message_lastpopup . '\'' )) {
$USER -> message_lastpopup = time ();
return '<script language="JavaScript" type="text/javascript">' . " \n openpopup('/message/index.php', 'message', 'menubar=0,location=0,scrollbars,status,resizable,width=400,height=500', 0); \n </script> " ;
}
}
}
}
}
return '' ;
}
2005-02-02 02:22:56 +00:00
// Used to make sure that $min <= $value <= $max
function bounded_number ( $min , $value , $max ) {
if ( $value < $min ) {
return $min ;
}
if ( $value > $max ) {
return $max ;
}
return $value ;
}
2006-01-11 02:22:16 +00:00
function array_is_nested ( $array ) {
foreach ( $array as $value ) {
if ( is_array ( $value )) {
return true ;
}
}
return false ;
}
2005-04-01 10:00:18 +00:00
2005-04-06 07:34:05 +00:00
/**
*** get_performance_info () pairs up with init_performance_info ()
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
*** loaded in setup . php . Returns an array with 'html' and 'txt'
2005-04-06 07:34:05 +00:00
*** values ready for use , and each of the individual stats provided
*** separately as well .
***
**/
function get_performance_info () {
2006-12-27 22:39:32 +00:00
global $CFG , $PERF , $rcache ;
2005-04-01 10:00:18 +00:00
2005-04-06 07:34:05 +00:00
$info = array ();
2005-04-16 17:02:05 +00:00
$info [ 'html' ] = '' ; // holds userfriendly HTML representation
$info [ 'txt' ] = me () . ' ' ; // holds log-friendly representation
2005-04-01 10:00:18 +00:00
2005-04-06 07:34:05 +00:00
$info [ 'realtime' ] = microtime_diff ( $PERF -> starttime , microtime ());
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2005-04-06 07:34:05 +00:00
$info [ 'html' ] .= '<span class="timeused">' . $info [ 'realtime' ] . ' secs</span> ' ;
$info [ 'txt' ] .= 'time: ' . $info [ 'realtime' ] . 's ' ;
2005-04-01 10:00:18 +00:00
if ( function_exists ( 'memory_get_usage' )) {
2005-04-06 07:34:05 +00:00
$info [ 'memory_total' ] = memory_get_usage ();
$info [ 'memory_growth' ] = memory_get_usage () - $PERF -> startmemory ;
$info [ 'html' ] .= '<span class="memoryused">RAM: ' . display_size ( $info [ 'memory_total' ]) . '</span> ' ;
$info [ 'txt' ] .= 'memory_total: ' . $info [ 'memory_total' ] . 'B (' . display_size ( $info [ 'memory_total' ]) . ') memory_growth: ' . $info [ 'memory_growth' ] . 'B (' . display_size ( $info [ 'memory_growth' ]) . ') ' ;
2005-04-01 10:00:18 +00:00
}
2005-04-06 07:34:05 +00:00
$inc = get_included_files ();
//error_log(print_r($inc,1));
$info [ 'includecount' ] = count ( $inc );
$info [ 'html' ] .= '<span class="included">Included ' . $info [ 'includecount' ] . ' files</span> ' ;
$info [ 'txt' ] .= 'includecount: ' . $info [ 'includecount' ] . ' ' ;
if ( ! empty ( $PERF -> dbqueries )) {
$info [ 'dbqueries' ] = $PERF -> dbqueries ;
2005-04-07 00:11:28 +00:00
$info [ 'html' ] .= '<span class="dbqueries">DB queries ' . $info [ 'dbqueries' ] . '</span> ' ;
2005-04-06 07:34:05 +00:00
$info [ 'txt' ] .= 'dbqueries: ' . $info [ 'dbqueries' ] . ' ' ;
2005-04-01 10:00:18 +00:00
}
2005-04-06 07:34:05 +00:00
if ( ! empty ( $PERF -> logwrites )) {
$info [ 'logwrites' ] = $PERF -> logwrites ;
$info [ 'html' ] .= '<span class="logwrites">Log writes ' . $info [ 'logwrites' ] . '</span> ' ;
$info [ 'txt' ] .= 'logwrites: ' . $info [ 'logwrites' ] . ' ' ;
}
if ( function_exists ( 'posix_times' )) {
$ptimes = posix_times ();
2006-02-28 04:41:44 +00:00
if ( is_array ( $ptimes )) {
2006-02-28 04:33:39 +00:00
foreach ( $ptimes as $key => $val ) {
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
$info [ $key ] = $ptimes [ $key ] - $PERF -> startposixtimes [ $key ];
2006-02-28 04:33:39 +00:00
}
$info [ 'html' ] .= " <span class= \" posixtimes \" >ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime] </span> " ;
$info [ 'txt' ] .= " ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime] " ;
2005-04-06 07:34:05 +00:00
}
}
// Grab the load average for the last minute
// /proc will only work under some linux configurations
// while uptime is there under MacOSX/Darwin and other unices
if ( is_readable ( '/proc/loadavg' ) && $loadavg = @ file ( '/proc/loadavg' )) {
list ( $server_load ) = explode ( ' ' , $loadavg [ 0 ]);
unset ( $loadavg );
2005-04-08 05:01:09 +00:00
} else if ( function_exists ( 'is_executable' ) && is_executable ( '/usr/bin/uptime' ) && $loadavg = `/usr/bin/uptime` ) {
2006-10-07 10:33:58 +00:00
if ( preg_match ( '/load averages?: (\d+[\.,:]\d+)/' , $loadavg , $matches )) {
2005-04-06 07:34:05 +00:00
$server_load = $matches [ 1 ];
} else {
trigger_error ( 'Could not parse uptime output!' );
}
}
if ( ! empty ( $server_load )) {
$info [ 'serverload' ] = $server_load ;
2005-05-15 04:22:40 +00:00
$info [ 'html' ] .= '<span class="serverload">Load average: ' . $info [ 'serverload' ] . '</span> ' ;
2006-12-27 22:39:32 +00:00
$info [ 'txt' ] .= " serverload: { $info [ 'serverload' ] } " ;
2005-04-01 10:00:18 +00:00
}
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
2006-12-27 22:39:32 +00:00
if ( isset ( $rcache -> hits ) && isset ( $rcache -> misses )) {
$info [ 'rcachehits' ] = $rcache -> hits ;
$info [ 'rcachemisses' ] = $rcache -> misses ;
$info [ 'html' ] .= '<span class="rcache">Record cache hit/miss ratio : ' .
2006-12-27 22:40:16 +00:00
" { $rcache -> hits } / { $rcache -> misses } </span> " ;
$info [ 'txt' ] .= 'rcache: ' .
" { $rcache -> hits } / { $rcache -> misses } " ;
2006-12-27 22:39:32 +00:00
}
2005-04-19 20:45:15 +00:00
$info [ 'html' ] = '<div class="performanceinfo">' . $info [ 'html' ] . '</div>' ;
2005-04-01 10:00:18 +00:00
return $info ;
}
2005-04-16 12:22:24 +00:00
2005-04-20 07:29:28 +00:00
function remove_dir ( $dir , $content_only = false ) {
// if content_only=true then delete all but
// the directory itself
$handle = opendir ( $dir );
while ( false !== ( $item = readdir ( $handle ))) {
if ( $item != '.' && $item != '..' ) {
if ( is_dir ( $dir . '/' . $item )) {
remove_dir ( $dir . '/' . $item );
} else {
unlink ( $dir . '/' . $item );
}
}
}
closedir ( $handle );
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
if ( $content_only ) {
2005-04-20 07:29:28 +00:00
return true ;
}
return rmdir ( $dir );
}
2006-08-02 19:40:58 +00:00
/**
* Function to check if a directory exists and optionally create it .
*
* @ param string absolute directory path
* @ param boolean create directory if does not exist
* @ param boolean create directory recursively
*
* @ return boolean true if directory exists or created
*/
function check_dir_exists ( $dir , $create = false , $recursive = false ) {
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
global $CFG ;
2006-02-02 20:30:34 +00:00
$status = true ;
2006-08-02 19:40:58 +00:00
2006-02-02 20:30:34 +00:00
if ( ! is_dir ( $dir )) {
if ( ! $create ) {
$status = false ;
} else {
umask ( 0000 );
2006-08-02 19:40:58 +00:00
if ( $recursive ) {
2006-08-09 13:18:33 +00:00
// PHP 5.0 has recursive mkdir parameter, but 4.x does not :-(
2006-08-02 19:40:58 +00:00
$dir = str_replace ( '\\' , '/' , $dir ); //windows compatibility
$dirs = explode ( '/' , $dir );
$dir = array_shift ( $dirs ) . '/' ; //skip root or drive letter
foreach ( $dirs as $part ) {
if ( $part == '' ) {
continue ;
}
$dir .= $part . '/' ;
if ( ! is_dir ( $dir )) {
if ( ! mkdir ( $dir , $CFG -> directorypermissions )) {
$status = false ;
break ;
}
}
}
} else {
$status = mkdir ( $dir , $CFG -> directorypermissions );
}
2006-02-02 20:30:34 +00:00
}
}
return $status ;
}
2005-04-23 15:02:00 +00:00
function report_session_error () {
2005-09-07 04:23:37 +00:00
global $CFG , $FULLME ;
2005-04-23 15:02:00 +00:00
if ( empty ( $CFG -> lang )) {
$CFG -> lang = " en " ;
}
moodle_setlocale ();
//clear session cookies
2006-03-28 05:26:18 +00:00
setcookie ( 'MoodleSession' . $CFG -> sessioncookie , '' , time () - 3600 , $CFG -> sessioncookiepath );
setcookie ( 'MoodleSessionTest' . $CFG -> sessioncookie , '' , time () - 3600 , $CFG -> sessioncookiepath );
2005-04-23 15:02:00 +00:00
//increment database error counters
if ( isset ( $CFG -> session_error_counter )) {
set_config ( 'session_error_counter' , 1 + $CFG -> session_error_counter );
} else {
set_config ( 'session_error_counter' , 1 );
}
2005-09-23 18:38:50 +00:00
redirect ( $FULLME , get_string ( 'sessionerroruser2' , 'error' ), 5 );
2005-04-23 15:02:00 +00:00
}
2005-06-13 16:23:10 +00:00
/**
* Detect if an object or a class contains a given property
* will take an actual object or the name of a class
* @ param mix $obj Name of class or real object to test
* @ param string $property name of property to find
* @ return bool true if property exists
*/
function object_property_exists ( $obj , $property ) {
2005-06-13 16:24:47 +00:00
if ( is_string ( $obj )) {
2005-06-13 16:23:10 +00:00
$properties = get_class_vars ( $obj );
}
else {
$properties = get_object_vars ( $obj );
}
2005-06-13 19:07:15 +00:00
return array_key_exists ( $property , $properties );
2005-06-13 16:23:10 +00:00
}
2005-07-14 15:35:23 +00:00
/**
* Detect a custom script replacement in the data directory that will
* replace an existing moodle script
* @ param string $urlpath path to the original script
* @ return string full path name if a custom script exists
* @ return bool false if no custom script exists
*/
function custom_script_path ( $urlpath = '' ) {
global $CFG ;
2006-03-06 01:45:11 +00:00
// set default $urlpath, if necessary
if ( empty ( $urlpath )) {
$urlpath = qualified_me (); // e.g. http://www.this-server.com/moodle/this-script.php
2005-07-14 15:35:23 +00:00
}
2006-03-06 01:45:11 +00:00
// $urlpath is invalid if it is empty or does not start with the Moodle wwwroot
if ( empty ( $urlpath ) or ( strpos ( $urlpath , $CFG -> wwwroot ) === false )) {
return false ;
}
2006-05-20 17:23:14 +00:00
// replace wwwroot with the path to the customscripts folder and clean path
$scriptpath = $CFG -> customscripts . clean_param ( substr ( $urlpath , strlen ( $CFG -> wwwroot )), PARAM_PATH );
2006-03-06 01:45:11 +00:00
// remove the query string, if any
if (( $strpos = strpos ( $scriptpath , '?' )) !== false ) {
$scriptpath = substr ( $scriptpath , 0 , $strpos );
}
2005-07-14 15:35:23 +00:00
2006-03-06 01:45:11 +00:00
// remove trailing slashes, if any
$scriptpath = rtrim ( $scriptpath , '/\\' );
2005-07-14 15:35:23 +00:00
2006-03-06 01:45:11 +00:00
// append index.php, if necessary
if ( is_dir ( $scriptpath )) {
$scriptpath .= '/index.php' ;
2005-07-14 15:35:23 +00:00
}
2006-03-06 01:45:11 +00:00
// check the custom script exists
2005-07-14 15:35:23 +00:00
if ( file_exists ( $scriptpath )) {
return $scriptpath ;
} else {
return false ;
}
}
2006-03-04 16:53:02 +00:00
/**
* Wrapper function to load necessary editor scripts
* to $CFG -> editorsrc array . Params can be coursei id
* or associative array ( 'courseid' => value , 'name' => 'editorname' ) .
* @ uses $CFG
* @ param mixed $args Courseid or associative array .
*/
function loadeditor ( $args ) {
global $CFG ;
include ( $CFG -> libdir . '/editorlib.php' );
return editorObject :: loadeditor ( $args );
}
2006-09-03 08:10:10 +00:00
2003-03-14 07:55:22 +00:00
// vim:autoindent:expandtab:shiftwidth=4:tabstop=4:tw=140:
2006-09-25 06:04:02 +00:00
?>